mirror of
https://https.git.savannah.gnu.org/git/bash.git
synced 2026-08-07 10:42:28 +02:00
add some missing files, update copyrights
This commit is contained in:
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||
/* A C macro for declaring that specific arguments must not be NULL.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
|
||||
that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
|
||||
n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
|
||||
# if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || defined __clang__
|
||||
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
|
||||
/* ATTRIBUTE_* macros for using attributes in GCC and similar compilers
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Provide public ATTRIBUTE_* names for the private _GL_ATTRIBUTE_*
|
||||
macros used within Gnulib. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* These attributes can be placed in two ways:
|
||||
- At the start of a declaration (i.e. even before storage-class
|
||||
specifiers!); then they apply to all entities that are declared
|
||||
by the declaration.
|
||||
- Immediately after the name of an entity being declared by the
|
||||
declaration; then they apply to that entity only. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H
|
||||
#define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file defines two types of attributes:
|
||||
* C2x standard attributes. These have macro names that do not begin with
|
||||
'ATTRIBUTE_'.
|
||||
* Selected GCC attributes; see:
|
||||
https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html
|
||||
https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Variable-Attributes.html
|
||||
https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Type-Attributes.html
|
||||
These names begin with 'ATTRIBUTE_' to avoid name clashes. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* =============== Attributes for specific kinds of functions =============== */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Attributes for functions that should not be used. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Warn if the entity is used. */
|
||||
/* Applies to:
|
||||
- function, variable,
|
||||
- struct, union, struct/union member,
|
||||
- enumeration, enumeration item,
|
||||
- typedef,
|
||||
in C++ also: namespace, class, template specialization. */
|
||||
#define DEPRECATED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED
|
||||
|
||||
/* If a function call is not optimized way, warn with MSG. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: functions. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_WARNING(msg) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WARNING (msg)
|
||||
|
||||
/* If a function call is not optimized way, report an error with MSG. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: functions. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_ERROR(msg) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ERROR (msg)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Attributes for memory-allocating functions. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The function returns a pointer to freshly allocated memory. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: functions. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
|
||||
|
||||
/* ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((N)) - The Nth argument of the function
|
||||
is the size of the returned memory block.
|
||||
ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((M, N)) - Multiply the Mth and Nth arguments
|
||||
to determine the size of the returned memory block. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: function, pointer to function, function types. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE(args) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE (args)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (F, I) declares that the function returns pointers
|
||||
that can be freed by passing them as the Ith argument to the
|
||||
function F.
|
||||
ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE declares that the function returns pointers that
|
||||
can be freed via 'free'; it can be used only after declaring 'free'. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: functions. Cannot be used on inline functions. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i)
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Attributes for variadic functions. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The variadic function expects a trailing NULL argument.
|
||||
ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL () - The last argument is NULL (requires C99).
|
||||
ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL ((N)) - The (N+1)st argument from the end is NULL. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: functions. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL(pos) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL (pos)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* ================== Attributes for compiler diagnostics ================== */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Attributes that help the compiler diagnose programmer mistakes.
|
||||
Some of them may also help for some compiler optimizations. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((ARCHETYPE, STRING-INDEX, FIRST-TO-CHECK)) -
|
||||
The STRING-INDEXth function argument is a format string of style
|
||||
ARCHETYPE, which is one of:
|
||||
printf, gnu_printf
|
||||
scanf, gnu_scanf,
|
||||
strftime, gnu_strftime,
|
||||
strfmon,
|
||||
or the same thing prefixed and suffixed with '__'.
|
||||
If FIRST-TO-CHECK is not 0, arguments starting at FIRST-TO_CHECK
|
||||
are suitable for the format string. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: functions. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT (spec)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((N1, N2,...)) - Arguments N1, N2,... must not be NULL.
|
||||
ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL () - All pointer arguments must not be null. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: functions. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(args) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL (args)
|
||||
|
||||
/* The function's return value is a non-NULL pointer. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: functions. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Warn if the caller does not use the return value,
|
||||
unless the caller uses something like ignore_value. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: function, enumeration, class. */
|
||||
#define NODISCARD _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Attributes that disable false alarms when the compiler diagnoses
|
||||
programmer "mistakes". */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Do not warn if the entity is not used. */
|
||||
/* Applies to:
|
||||
- function, variable,
|
||||
- struct, union, struct/union member,
|
||||
- enumeration, enumeration item,
|
||||
- typedef,
|
||||
in C++ also: class. */
|
||||
#define MAYBE_UNUSED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED
|
||||
|
||||
/* The contents of a character array is not meant to be NUL-terminated. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: struct/union members and variables that are arrays of element
|
||||
type '[[un]signed] char'. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
|
||||
|
||||
/* Do not warn if control flow falls through to the immediately
|
||||
following 'case' or 'default' label. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: Empty statement (;), inside a 'switch' statement. */
|
||||
#define FALLTHROUGH _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FALLTHROUGH
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* ================== Attributes for debugging information ================== */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Attributes regarding debugging information emitted by the compiler. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Omit the function from stack traces when debugging. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: function. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_ARTIFICIAL _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ARTIFICIAL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make the entity visible to debuggers etc., even with '-fwhole-program'. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: functions, variables. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_EXTERNALLY_VISIBLE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_EXTERNALLY_VISIBLE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========== Attributes that mainly direct compiler optimizations ========== */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The function does not throw exceptions. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: functions. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_NOTHROW _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOTHROW
|
||||
|
||||
/* Do not inline the function. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: functions. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Always inline the function, and report an error if the compiler
|
||||
cannot inline. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: function. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE
|
||||
|
||||
/* It is OK for a compiler to omit duplicate calls with the same arguments.
|
||||
This attribute is safe for a function that neither depends on
|
||||
nor affects observable state, and always returns exactly once -
|
||||
e.g., does not loop forever, and does not call longjmp.
|
||||
(This attribute is stricter than ATTRIBUTE_PURE.) */
|
||||
/* Applies to: functions. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_CONST _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
|
||||
|
||||
/* It is OK for a compiler to omit duplicate calls with the same
|
||||
arguments if observable state is not changed between calls.
|
||||
This attribute is safe for a function that does not affect
|
||||
observable state, and always returns exactly once.
|
||||
(This attribute is looser than ATTRIBUTE_CONST.) */
|
||||
/* Applies to: functions. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_PURE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
|
||||
|
||||
/* The function is rarely executed. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: functions. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_COLD _GL_ATTRIBUTE_COLD
|
||||
|
||||
/* If called from some other compilation unit, the function executes
|
||||
code from that unit only by return or by exception handling,
|
||||
letting the compiler optimize that unit more aggressively. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: functions. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_LEAF _GL_ATTRIBUTE_LEAF
|
||||
|
||||
/* For struct members: The member has the smallest possible alignment.
|
||||
For struct, union, class: All members have the smallest possible alignment,
|
||||
minimizing the memory required. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: struct members, struct, union,
|
||||
in C++ also: class. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_PACKED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PACKED
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* ================ Attributes that make invalid code valid ================ */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Attributes that prevent fatal compiler optimizations for code that is not
|
||||
fully ISO C compliant. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pointers to the type may point to the same storage as pointers to
|
||||
other types, thus disabling strict aliasing optimization. */
|
||||
/* Applies to: types. */
|
||||
#define ATTRIBUTE_MAY_ALIAS _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAY_ALIAS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
|
||||
|
||||
#if @HAVE_VISIBILITY@ && BUILDING_LIBINTL
|
||||
#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
|
||||
#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_LIBINTL
|
||||
#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
|
||||
/* Basic filename support macros.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2007-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* From Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _FILENAME_H
|
||||
#define _FILENAME_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Filename support.
|
||||
ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator
|
||||
character.
|
||||
HAS_DEVICE(Filename) tests whether Filename contains a device
|
||||
specification.
|
||||
FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) length of the device specification
|
||||
at the beginning of Filename,
|
||||
index of the part consisting of
|
||||
alternating components and slashes.
|
||||
FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
|
||||
1 when a non-empty device specification
|
||||
can be followed by an empty or relative
|
||||
part,
|
||||
0 when a non-empty device specification
|
||||
must be followed by a slash,
|
||||
0 when device specification don't exist.
|
||||
IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename)
|
||||
tests whether Filename is independent of
|
||||
any notion of "current directory".
|
||||
IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(Filename)
|
||||
tests whether Filename may be concatenated
|
||||
to a directory filename.
|
||||
Note: On native Windows, OS/2, DOS, "c:" is neither an absolute nor a
|
||||
relative file name!
|
||||
IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR(Filename) tests whether Filename contains a device
|
||||
or directory specification.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__ \
|
||||
|| defined __EMX__ || defined __MSDOS__ || defined __DJGPP__
|
||||
/* Native Windows, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
|
||||
/* Internal macro: Tests whether a character is a drive letter. */
|
||||
# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(C) \
|
||||
(((C) >= 'A' && (C) <= 'Z') || ((C) >= 'a' && (C) <= 'z'))
|
||||
/* Help the compiler optimizing it. This assumes ASCII. */
|
||||
# undef _IS_DRIVE_LETTER
|
||||
# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(C) \
|
||||
(((unsigned int) (C) | ('a' - 'A')) - 'a' <= 'z' - 'a')
|
||||
# define HAS_DEVICE(Filename) \
|
||||
(_IS_DRIVE_LETTER ((Filename)[0]) && (Filename)[1] == ':')
|
||||
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) (HAS_DEVICE (Filename) ? 2 : 0)
|
||||
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
|
||||
# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
|
||||
# else
|
||||
/* On native Windows, OS/2, DOS, the system has the notion of a
|
||||
"current directory" on each drive. */
|
||||
# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
|
||||
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename) \
|
||||
ISSLASH ((Filename)[FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (Filename)])
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename) \
|
||||
(ISSLASH ((Filename)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (Filename))
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(Filename) \
|
||||
(! (ISSLASH ((Filename)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (Filename)))
|
||||
# define IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR(Filename) \
|
||||
(strchr ((Filename), '/') != NULL || strchr ((Filename), '\\') != NULL \
|
||||
|| HAS_DEVICE (Filename))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Unix */
|
||||
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
|
||||
# define HAS_DEVICE(Filename) ((void) (Filename), 0)
|
||||
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) ((void) (Filename), 0)
|
||||
# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
|
||||
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename) ISSLASH ((Filename)[0])
|
||||
# define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(Filename) (! ISSLASH ((Filename)[0]))
|
||||
# define IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR(Filename) (strchr ((Filename), '/') != NULL)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Deprecated macros. For backward compatibility with old users of the
|
||||
'filename' module. */
|
||||
#define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME
|
||||
#define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _FILENAME_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
|
||||
/* Sizes of structs with flexible array members.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright 2016-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
Written by Paul Eggert. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Nonzero multiple of alignment of TYPE, suitable for FLEXSIZEOF below.
|
||||
On older platforms without _Alignof, use a pessimistic bound that is
|
||||
safe in practice even if FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER is 1.
|
||||
On newer platforms, use _Alignof to get a tighter bound. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112
|
||||
# define FLEXALIGNOF(type) (sizeof (type) & ~ (sizeof (type) - 1))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define FLEXALIGNOF(type) _Alignof (type)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Yield a properly aligned upper bound on the size of a struct of
|
||||
type TYPE with a flexible array member named MEMBER that is
|
||||
followed by N bytes of other data. The result is suitable as an
|
||||
argument to malloc. For example:
|
||||
|
||||
struct s { int n; char d[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; };
|
||||
struct s *p = malloc (FLEXSIZEOF (struct s, d, n * sizeof (char)));
|
||||
|
||||
FLEXSIZEOF (TYPE, MEMBER, N) is not simply (sizeof (TYPE) + N),
|
||||
since FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER may be 1 on pre-C11 platforms. Nor is
|
||||
it simply (offsetof (TYPE, MEMBER) + N), as that might yield a size
|
||||
that causes malloc to yield a pointer that is not properly aligned
|
||||
for TYPE; for example, if sizeof (int) == alignof (int) == 4,
|
||||
malloc (offsetof (struct s, d) + 3 * sizeof (char)) is equivalent
|
||||
to malloc (7) and might yield a pointer that is not a multiple of 4
|
||||
(which means the pointer is not properly aligned for struct s),
|
||||
whereas malloc (FLEXSIZEOF (struct s, d, 3 * sizeof (char))) is
|
||||
equivalent to malloc (8) and must yield a pointer that is a
|
||||
multiple of 4.
|
||||
|
||||
Yield a value less than N if and only if arithmetic overflow occurs. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define FLEXSIZEOF(type, member, n) \
|
||||
((offsetof (type, member) + FLEXALIGNOF (type) - 1 + (n)) \
|
||||
& ~ (FLEXALIGNOF (type) - 1))
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
||||
/* Implements a string hashing function.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
|
||||
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#include "hash-string.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
|
||||
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
|
||||
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
|
||||
unsigned long int
|
||||
__hash_string (const char *str_param)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long int hval, g;
|
||||
const char *str = str_param;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
|
||||
hval = 0;
|
||||
while (*str != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
hval <<= 4;
|
||||
hval += (unsigned char) *str++;
|
||||
g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
|
||||
if (g != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
|
||||
hval ^= g;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return hval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||
/* List of exported symbols of libintl on Cygwin.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2006, 2012-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* IMP(x) is a symbol that contains the address of x. */
|
||||
#if defined _WIN64 || defined _LP64
|
||||
# define IMP(x) __imp_##x
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define IMP(x) _imp__##x
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure that the variable x is exported from the library, and that a
|
||||
pseudo-variable IMP(x) is available. */
|
||||
#define VARIABLE(x) \
|
||||
/* Export x without redefining x. This code was found by compiling a \
|
||||
snippet: \
|
||||
extern __declspec(dllexport) int x; int x = 42; */ \
|
||||
asm (".section .drectve\n"); \
|
||||
asm (".ascii \" -export:" #x ",data\"\n"); \
|
||||
asm (".data\n"); \
|
||||
/* Allocate a pseudo-variable IMP(x). */ \
|
||||
extern int x; \
|
||||
void * IMP(x) = &x;
|
||||
|
||||
VARIABLE(libintl_version)
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
|
||||
/* Determine the user's language preferences.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2004-2007, 2018-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.
|
||||
Win32 code originally by Michele Cicciotti <hackbunny@reactos.com>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYPREFERREDLANGUAGES || HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE
|
||||
# include <string.h>
|
||||
# if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYPREFERREDLANGUAGES
|
||||
# include <CoreFoundation/CFLocale.h>
|
||||
# elif HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE
|
||||
# include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# include <CoreFoundation/CFPropertyList.h>
|
||||
# include <CoreFoundation/CFArray.h>
|
||||
# include <CoreFoundation/CFString.h>
|
||||
extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32
|
||||
# define WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME
|
||||
# define MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME 8
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifndef STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW
|
||||
# define STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW 0x80000005
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (LANGID langid);
|
||||
extern const char *_nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID (LCID lcid);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the preferences list through the MUI APIs. This works on Windows Vista
|
||||
and newer. */
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
_nl_language_preferences_win32_mui (HMODULE kernel32)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* DWORD GetUserPreferredUILanguages (ULONG dwFlags,
|
||||
PULONG pulNumLanguages,
|
||||
PWSTR pwszLanguagesBuffer,
|
||||
PULONG pcchLanguagesBuffer); */
|
||||
typedef DWORD (WINAPI *GetUserPreferredUILanguages_func) (ULONG, PULONG, PWSTR, PULONG);
|
||||
GetUserPreferredUILanguages_func p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages;
|
||||
|
||||
p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages =
|
||||
(GetUserPreferredUILanguages_func)
|
||||
GetProcAddress (kernel32, "GetUserPreferredUILanguages");
|
||||
if (p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ULONG num_languages;
|
||||
ULONG bufsize;
|
||||
DWORD ret;
|
||||
|
||||
bufsize = 0;
|
||||
ret = p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages (MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME,
|
||||
&num_languages,
|
||||
NULL, &bufsize);
|
||||
if (ret == 0
|
||||
&& GetLastError () == STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW
|
||||
&& bufsize > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WCHAR *buffer = (WCHAR *) malloc (bufsize * sizeof (WCHAR));
|
||||
if (buffer != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ret = p_GetUserPreferredUILanguages (MUI_LANGUAGE_NAME,
|
||||
&num_languages,
|
||||
buffer, &bufsize);
|
||||
if (ret)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Convert the list from NUL-delimited WCHAR[] Win32 locale
|
||||
names to colon-delimited char[] Unix locale names.
|
||||
We assume that all these locale names are in ASCII,
|
||||
nonempty and contain no colons. */
|
||||
char *languages =
|
||||
(char *) malloc (bufsize + num_languages * 10 + 1);
|
||||
if (languages != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const WCHAR *p = buffer;
|
||||
char *q = languages;
|
||||
ULONG i;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < num_languages; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *q1;
|
||||
char *q2;
|
||||
|
||||
q1 = q;
|
||||
if (i > 0)
|
||||
*q++ = ':';
|
||||
q2 = q;
|
||||
for (; *p != (WCHAR)'\0'; p++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((unsigned char) *p != *p || *p == ':')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* A non-ASCII character or a colon inside
|
||||
the Win32 locale name! Punt. */
|
||||
q = q1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*q++ = (unsigned char) *p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (q == q1)
|
||||
/* An unexpected Win32 locale name occurred. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
*q = '\0';
|
||||
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (q2);
|
||||
q = q2 + strlen (q2);
|
||||
p++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*q = '\0';
|
||||
if (q > languages)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (buffer);
|
||||
return languages;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (languages);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (buffer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get a preference. This works on Windows ME and newer. */
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
_nl_language_preferences_win32_ME (HMODULE kernel32)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* LANGID GetUserDefaultUILanguage (void); */
|
||||
typedef LANGID (WINAPI *GetUserDefaultUILanguage_func) (void);
|
||||
GetUserDefaultUILanguage_func p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage;
|
||||
|
||||
p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage =
|
||||
(GetUserDefaultUILanguage_func)
|
||||
GetProcAddress (kernel32, "GetUserDefaultUILanguage");
|
||||
if (p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage != NULL)
|
||||
return _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (p_GetUserDefaultUILanguage ());
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get a preference. This works on Windows 95 and newer. */
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
_nl_language_preferences_win32_95 ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
HKEY desktop_resource_locale_key;
|
||||
|
||||
if (RegOpenKeyExA (HKEY_CURRENT_USER,
|
||||
"Control Panel\\Desktop\\ResourceLocale",
|
||||
0, KEY_QUERY_VALUE, &desktop_resource_locale_key)
|
||||
== NO_ERROR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DWORD type;
|
||||
BYTE data[8 + 1];
|
||||
DWORD data_size = sizeof (data);
|
||||
DWORD ret;
|
||||
|
||||
ret = RegQueryValueExA (desktop_resource_locale_key, NULL, NULL,
|
||||
&type, data, &data_size);
|
||||
RegCloseKey (desktop_resource_locale_key);
|
||||
|
||||
if (ret == NO_ERROR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We expect a string, at most 8 bytes long, that parses as a
|
||||
hexadecimal number. */
|
||||
if (type == REG_SZ
|
||||
&& data_size <= sizeof (data)
|
||||
&& (data_size < sizeof (data)
|
||||
|| data[sizeof (data) - 1] == '\0'))
|
||||
{
|
||||
LCID lcid;
|
||||
char *endp;
|
||||
/* Ensure it's NUL terminated. */
|
||||
if (data_size < sizeof (data))
|
||||
data[data_size] = '\0';
|
||||
/* Parse it as a hexadecimal number. */
|
||||
lcid = strtoul ((char *) data, &endp, 16);
|
||||
if (endp > (char *) data && *endp == '\0')
|
||||
return _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LCID (lcid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the system's preference. This can be used as a fallback. */
|
||||
static BOOL CALLBACK
|
||||
ret_first_language (HMODULE h, LPCSTR type, LPCSTR name, WORD lang, LONG_PTR param)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(const char **)param = _nl_locale_name_from_win32_LANGID (lang);
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
_nl_language_preferences_win32_system (HMODULE kernel32)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *languages = NULL;
|
||||
/* Ignore the warning on mingw here. mingw has a wrong definition of the last
|
||||
parameter type of ENUMRESLANGPROC. */
|
||||
EnumResourceLanguages (kernel32, RT_VERSION, MAKEINTRESOURCE (1),
|
||||
ret_first_language, (LONG_PTR)&languages);
|
||||
return languages;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine the user's language preferences, as a colon separated list of
|
||||
locale names in XPG syntax
|
||||
language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier]
|
||||
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
|
||||
The LANGUAGE environment variable does not need to be considered; it is
|
||||
already taken into account by the caller. */
|
||||
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
_nl_language_preferences_default (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYPREFERREDLANGUAGES || HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE
|
||||
/* MacOS X 10.4 or newer */
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Cache the preferences list, since CoreFoundation calls are expensive. */
|
||||
static const char *cached_languages;
|
||||
static int cache_initialized;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!cache_initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
# if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYPREFERREDLANGUAGES /* MacOS X 10.5 or newer */
|
||||
CFArrayRef prefArray = CFLocaleCopyPreferredLanguages ();
|
||||
# elif HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* MacOS X 10.4 or newer */
|
||||
CFTypeRef preferences =
|
||||
CFPreferencesCopyAppValue (CFSTR ("AppleLanguages"),
|
||||
kCFPreferencesCurrentApplication);
|
||||
if (preferences != NULL
|
||||
&& CFGetTypeID (preferences) == CFArrayGetTypeID ())
|
||||
{
|
||||
CFArrayRef prefArray = (CFArrayRef)preferences;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
int n = CFArrayGetCount (prefArray);
|
||||
char buf[256];
|
||||
char buf2[256];
|
||||
size_t size = 0;
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CFTypeRef element = CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i);
|
||||
if (element != NULL
|
||||
&& CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID ()
|
||||
&& CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element,
|
||||
buf, sizeof (buf),
|
||||
kCFStringEncodingASCII))
|
||||
{
|
||||
strcpy (buf2, buf);
|
||||
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf);
|
||||
size += strlen (buf) + 1;
|
||||
/* Mac OS X 10.12 or newer returns an array of elements of
|
||||
the form "ll-CC" or "ll-Scrp-CC" where ll is a language
|
||||
code, CC is a country code, and Scrp (optional) is a
|
||||
script code.
|
||||
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize converts this to "ll_CC" or
|
||||
"ll_Scrp_CC".
|
||||
Sometimes ll and CC are unrelated, i.e. there is no
|
||||
translation for "ll_CC" but one for "ll".
|
||||
Similarly, in the case with a script, sometimes there is
|
||||
no translation for "ll_Scrp_CC" but one for "ll_Scrp"
|
||||
(after proper canonicalization).
|
||||
Therefore, in the result, we return "ll_CC" followed
|
||||
by "ll", or similarly for the case with a script. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *last_minus = strrchr (buf2, '-');
|
||||
if (last_minus != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*last_minus = '\0';
|
||||
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf2);
|
||||
size += strlen (buf2) + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Most GNU programs use msgids in English and don't ship
|
||||
an en.mo message catalog. Therefore when we see "en" or
|
||||
"en-CC" in the preferences list, arrange for gettext()
|
||||
to return the msgid, and ignore all further elements of
|
||||
the preferences list. */
|
||||
if (buf[0] == 'e' && buf[1] == 'n'
|
||||
&& (buf[2] == '\0' || buf[2] == '_'))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (size > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *languages = (char *) malloc (size);
|
||||
|
||||
if (languages != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *p = languages;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CFTypeRef element =
|
||||
CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i);
|
||||
if (element != NULL
|
||||
&& CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID ()
|
||||
&& CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element,
|
||||
buf, sizeof (buf),
|
||||
kCFStringEncodingASCII))
|
||||
{
|
||||
strcpy (buf2, buf);
|
||||
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf);
|
||||
strcpy (p, buf);
|
||||
p += strlen (buf);
|
||||
*p++ = ':';
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *last_minus = strrchr (buf2, '-');
|
||||
if (last_minus != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*last_minus = '\0';
|
||||
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf2);
|
||||
strcpy (p, buf2);
|
||||
p += strlen (buf2);
|
||||
*p++ = ':';
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (buf[0] == 'e' && buf[1] == 'n'
|
||||
&& (buf[2] == '\0' || buf[2] == '_'))
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*--p = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
cached_languages = languages;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYPREFERREDLANGUAGES /* MacOS X 10.5 or newer */
|
||||
CFRelease (prefArray);
|
||||
# elif HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* MacOS X 10.4 or newer */
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
cache_initialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (cached_languages != NULL)
|
||||
return cached_languages;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Cache the preferences list, since computing it is expensive. */
|
||||
static const char *cached_languages;
|
||||
static int cache_initialized;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Activate the new code only when the GETTEXT_MUI environment variable is
|
||||
set, for the time being, since the new code is not well tested. */
|
||||
if (!cache_initialized && getenv ("GETTEXT_MUI") != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *languages = NULL;
|
||||
HMODULE kernel32 = GetModuleHandle ("kernel32");
|
||||
|
||||
if (kernel32 != NULL)
|
||||
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_mui (kernel32);
|
||||
|
||||
if (languages == NULL && kernel32 != NULL)
|
||||
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_ME (kernel32);
|
||||
|
||||
if (languages == NULL)
|
||||
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_95 ();
|
||||
|
||||
if (languages == NULL && kernel32 != NULL)
|
||||
languages = _nl_language_preferences_win32_system (kernel32);
|
||||
|
||||
cached_languages = languages;
|
||||
cache_initialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (cached_languages != NULL)
|
||||
return cached_languages;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,599 @@
|
||||
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2016, 2018-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
|
||||
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
#if (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) && @HAVE_NEWLOCALE@
|
||||
# include <xlocale.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
|
||||
gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
|
||||
On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
|
||||
On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
|
||||
then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
|
||||
in this case. */
|
||||
#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
|
||||
# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
|
||||
implementation of gettext. */
|
||||
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the
|
||||
maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */
|
||||
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
|
||||
((major) == 0 || (major) == 1 ? 1 : -1)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
|
||||
precedence over _conio_gettext. */
|
||||
#ifdef __DJGPP__
|
||||
# undef gettext
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */
|
||||
#define LIBINTL_VERSION 0x001501
|
||||
extern int libintl_version;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is
|
||||
necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
|
||||
library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
|
||||
If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the
|
||||
definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so
|
||||
shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked
|
||||
up in the following order:
|
||||
1. in the executable,
|
||||
2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order,
|
||||
3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link
|
||||
command line,
|
||||
4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were
|
||||
dlopen()ed.
|
||||
The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if
|
||||
either
|
||||
* -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or
|
||||
* -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or
|
||||
* libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not
|
||||
linked to the executable at link time.
|
||||
Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this
|
||||
would be unacceptable.
|
||||
|
||||
The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext
|
||||
is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in
|
||||
C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or
|
||||
class methods called 'gettext'. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS.
|
||||
If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is
|
||||
_INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */
|
||||
#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
|
||||
# if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 && !(defined __APPLE_CC__ && __APPLE_CC__ > 1) && !defined __MINGW32__ && !(__GNUC__ == 2 && defined _AIX) && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Auxiliary macros. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname))
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring
|
||||
# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _INTL_ASM(cname)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) declares that the given function may return
|
||||
its n-th argument literally. This enables GCC to warn for example about
|
||||
printf (gettext ("foo %y")). */
|
||||
#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 3 && !(defined __APPLE_CC__ && __APPLE_CC__ > 1 && !(defined __clang__ && __clang__ && __clang_major__ >= 3) && defined __cplusplus)
|
||||
# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (n)))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
|
||||
text). */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1);
|
||||
static inline
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1)
|
||||
char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define gettext libintl_gettext
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
static inline
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2)
|
||||
char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
|
||||
locale. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
static inline
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2)
|
||||
char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, int __category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
extern char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
|
||||
int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to 'gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
static inline
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2)
|
||||
char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
extern char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to 'dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
|
||||
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
static inline
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3)
|
||||
char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
|
||||
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
extern char *dngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Similar to 'dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
|
||||
number N. */
|
||||
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
static inline
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3)
|
||||
char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
extern char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
|
||||
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext)
|
||||
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
|
||||
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
|
||||
# ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname);
|
||||
static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_textdomain (__domainname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
# ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname);
|
||||
static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__dirname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
|
||||
in WDIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
|
||||
# ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern wchar_t *libintl_wbindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const wchar_t *__wdirname);
|
||||
static inline wchar_t *wbindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const wchar_t *__wdirname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_wbindtextdomain (__domainname, __wdirname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define wbindtextdomain libintl_wbindtextdomain
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
extern wchar_t *wbindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const wchar_t *__wdirname)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_wbindtextdomain);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
|
||||
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
|
||||
# ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
|
||||
extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset);
|
||||
static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
|
||||
# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
|
||||
const char *__codeset)
|
||||
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* IN_LIBGLOCALE */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Support for format strings with positions in *printf(), following the
|
||||
POSIX/XSI specification.
|
||||
Note: These replacements for the *printf() functions are visible only
|
||||
in source files that #include <libintl.h> or #include "gettext.h".
|
||||
Packages that use *printf() in source files that don't refer to _()
|
||||
or gettext() but for which the format string could be the return value
|
||||
of _() or gettext() need to add this #include. Oh well. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: In C++ mode, it is not sufficient to redefine a symbol at the
|
||||
preprocessor macro level, such as
|
||||
#define sprintf libintl_sprintf
|
||||
Some programs may reference std::sprintf after including <libintl.h>.
|
||||
Therefore we must make sure that std::libintl_sprintf is defined and
|
||||
identical to ::libintl_sprintf.
|
||||
The user can define _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE to avoid this.
|
||||
In such cases, they will not benefit from the overrides when using
|
||||
the 'std' namespace, and they will need to do the references to the
|
||||
'std' namespace *before* including <libintl.h> or "gettext.h". */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@
|
||||
|
||||
# include <stdio.h>
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get va_list. */
|
||||
# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER
|
||||
# include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# include <varargs.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if !((defined fprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) || defined GNULIB_overrides_fprintf) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
# undef fprintf
|
||||
# define fprintf libintl_fprintf
|
||||
extern int fprintf (FILE *, const char *, ...);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_fprintf; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if !((defined vfprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) || defined GNULIB_overrides_vfprintf) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
# undef vfprintf
|
||||
# define vfprintf libintl_vfprintf
|
||||
extern int vfprintf (FILE *, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_vfprintf; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if !((defined printf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) || defined GNULIB_overrides_printf) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
# undef printf
|
||||
# if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __BEOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__
|
||||
/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))).
|
||||
This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin,
|
||||
mingw does not have a function __printf__.
|
||||
Alternatively, we could have done this redirection only when compiling with
|
||||
__GNUC__, together with a symbol redirection:
|
||||
extern int printf (const char *, ...)
|
||||
__asm__ (#__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__ "libintl_printf");
|
||||
But doing it now would introduce a binary incompatibility with already
|
||||
distributed versions of libintl on these systems. */
|
||||
# define libintl_printf __printf__
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# define printf libintl_printf
|
||||
extern int printf (const char *, ...);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_printf; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if !((defined vprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) || defined GNULIB_overrides_vprintf) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
# undef vprintf
|
||||
# define vprintf libintl_vprintf
|
||||
extern int vprintf (const char *, va_list);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_vprintf; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if !((defined sprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) || defined GNULIB_overrides_sprintf) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
# undef sprintf
|
||||
# define sprintf libintl_sprintf
|
||||
extern int sprintf (char *, const char *, ...);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_sprintf; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if !((defined vsprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) || defined GNULIB_overrides_vsprintf) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
# undef vsprintf
|
||||
# define vsprintf libintl_vsprintf
|
||||
extern int vsprintf (char *, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_vsprintf; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if @HAVE_SNPRINTF@
|
||||
|
||||
# if !((defined snprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) || defined GNULIB_overrides_snprintf) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
# undef snprintf
|
||||
# define snprintf libintl_snprintf
|
||||
extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_snprintf; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if !((defined vsnprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) || defined GNULIB_overrides_vsnprintf) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
# undef vsnprintf
|
||||
# define vsnprintf libintl_vsnprintf
|
||||
extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_vsnprintf; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if @HAVE_ASPRINTF@
|
||||
|
||||
# if !((defined asprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) || defined GNULIB_overrides_asprintf) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
# undef asprintf
|
||||
# define asprintf libintl_asprintf
|
||||
extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_asprintf; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if !((defined vasprintf && defined _GL_STDIO_H) || defined GNULIB_overrides_vasprintf) /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
# undef vasprintf
|
||||
# define vasprintf libintl_vasprintf
|
||||
extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_vasprintf; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if @HAVE_WPRINTF@
|
||||
|
||||
# undef fwprintf
|
||||
# define fwprintf libintl_fwprintf
|
||||
extern int fwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_fwprintf; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# undef vfwprintf
|
||||
# define vfwprintf libintl_vfwprintf
|
||||
extern int vfwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, va_list);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_vfwprintf; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# undef wprintf
|
||||
# define wprintf libintl_wprintf
|
||||
extern int wprintf (const wchar_t *, ...);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_wprintf; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# undef vwprintf
|
||||
# define vwprintf libintl_vwprintf
|
||||
extern int vwprintf (const wchar_t *, va_list);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_vwprintf; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# undef swprintf
|
||||
# define swprintf libintl_swprintf
|
||||
extern int swprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_swprintf; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# undef vswprintf
|
||||
# define vswprintf libintl_vswprintf
|
||||
extern int vswprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, va_list);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_vswprintf; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Support for retrieving the name of a locale_t object. */
|
||||
#if @ENHANCE_LOCALE_FUNCS@
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef GNULIB_defined_newlocale /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
# undef newlocale
|
||||
# define newlocale libintl_newlocale
|
||||
extern locale_t newlocale (int, const char *, locale_t);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_newlocale; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef GNULIB_defined_duplocale /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
# undef duplocale
|
||||
# define duplocale libintl_duplocale
|
||||
extern locale_t duplocale (locale_t);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_duplocale; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef GNULIB_defined_freelocale /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
# undef freelocale
|
||||
# define freelocale libintl_freelocale
|
||||
extern void freelocale (locale_t);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_freelocale; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Support for the locale chosen by the user. */
|
||||
#if (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) || defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
|
||||
# ifndef GNULIB_defined_setlocale /* don't override gnulib */
|
||||
# undef setlocale
|
||||
# define setlocale libintl_setlocale
|
||||
extern char *setlocale (int, const char *);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_setlocale; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if @HAVE_NEWLOCALE@
|
||||
|
||||
# undef newlocale
|
||||
# define newlocale libintl_newlocale
|
||||
/* Declare newlocale() only if the system headers define the 'locale_t' type. */
|
||||
# if !(defined __CYGWIN__ && !defined LC_ALL_MASK)
|
||||
extern locale_t newlocale (int, const char *, locale_t);
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && !defined _INTL_CXX_NO_CLOBBER_STD_NAMESPACE
|
||||
namespace std { using ::libintl_newlocale; }
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Support for relocatable packages. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
|
||||
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
|
||||
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
|
||||
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
|
||||
instead of "/"). */
|
||||
#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
|
||||
extern void
|
||||
libintl_set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
|
||||
const char *curr_prefix);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* libintl.h */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
||||
/* Table that maps a locale object to the names of the locale categories.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2018. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_WORKING_USELOCALE && HAVE_NAMELESS_LOCALES
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#include "localename-table.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* A hash function for pointers. */
|
||||
size_t _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
|
||||
locale_hash_function (locale_t x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uintptr_t p = (uintptr_t) x;
|
||||
size_t h = ((p % 4177) << 12) + ((p % 79) << 6) + (p % 61);
|
||||
return h;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
struct locale_hash_node * locale_hash_table[LOCALE_HASH_TABLE_SIZE]
|
||||
/* = { NULL, ..., NULL } */;
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_define_initialized(, locale_lock)
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
|
||||
this file is never empty. */
|
||||
typedef int dummy;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
/* Table that maps a locale object to the names of the locale categories.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2018. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_WORKING_USELOCALE && HAVE_NAMELESS_LOCALES
|
||||
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
# include <locale.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef IN_LIBINTL
|
||||
# include "lock.h"
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# include "glthread/lock.h"
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct locale_categories_names
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Locale category -> name (allocated with indefinite extent). */
|
||||
const char *category_name[6];
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* A hash table of fixed size. Multiple threads can access it read-only
|
||||
simultaneously, but only one thread can insert into it or remove from it
|
||||
at the same time.
|
||||
This hash table has global scope, so that when an application uses both
|
||||
GNU libintl and gnulib, the application sees only one hash table. (When
|
||||
linking statically with libintl, the fact that localename-table.c is a
|
||||
separate compilation unit resolves the duplicate symbol conflict. When
|
||||
linking with libintl as a shared library, we rely on ELF and the symbol
|
||||
conflict resolution implemented in the ELF dynamic loader here.)
|
||||
Both the libintl overrides and the gnulib overrides of the functions
|
||||
newlocale, duplocale, freelocale see the same hash table (and the same lock).
|
||||
For this reason, the internal layout of the hash table and the hash function
|
||||
MUST NEVER CHANGE. If you need to change the internal layout or the hash
|
||||
function, introduce versioning by appending a version suffix to the symbols
|
||||
at the linker level. */
|
||||
# define locale_hash_function libintl_locale_hash_function
|
||||
# define locale_hash_table libintl_locale_hash_table
|
||||
# define locale_lock libintl_locale_lock
|
||||
|
||||
extern size_t _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST locale_hash_function (locale_t x);
|
||||
|
||||
/* A node in a hash bucket collision list. */
|
||||
struct locale_hash_node
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct locale_hash_node *next;
|
||||
locale_t locale;
|
||||
struct locale_categories_names names;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
# define LOCALE_HASH_TABLE_SIZE 101
|
||||
extern struct locale_hash_node * locale_hash_table[LOCALE_HASH_TABLE_SIZE];
|
||||
|
||||
/* This lock protects the locale_hash_table against multiple simultaneous
|
||||
accesses (except that multiple simultaneous read accesses are allowed). */
|
||||
|
||||
gl_rwlock_define(extern, locale_lock)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
+749
@@ -0,0 +1,749 @@
|
||||
/* Locking in multithreaded situations.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005-2008, 2012, 2017, 2019-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
|
||||
Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lock.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_ISOC_THREADS || USE_ISOC_AND_POSIX_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_lock_init (gl_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (mtx_init (&lock->mutex, mtx_plain) != thrd_success)
|
||||
return ENOMEM;
|
||||
lock->init_needed = 0;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_lock_lock (gl_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->init_needed)
|
||||
call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
|
||||
if (mtx_lock (&lock->mutex) != thrd_success)
|
||||
return EAGAIN;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_lock_unlock (gl_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->init_needed)
|
||||
call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
|
||||
if (mtx_unlock (&lock->mutex) != thrd_success)
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_lock_destroy (gl_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->init_needed)
|
||||
call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
|
||||
mtx_destroy (&lock->mutex);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (mtx_init (&lock->lock, mtx_plain) != thrd_success
|
||||
|| cnd_init (&lock->waiting_readers) != thrd_success
|
||||
|| cnd_init (&lock->waiting_writers) != thrd_success)
|
||||
return ENOMEM;
|
||||
lock->waiting_writers_count = 0;
|
||||
lock->runcount = 0;
|
||||
lock->init_needed = 0;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->init_needed)
|
||||
call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
|
||||
if (mtx_lock (&lock->lock) != thrd_success)
|
||||
return EAGAIN;
|
||||
/* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount
|
||||
field will not overflow, and whether no writer is waiting. The latter
|
||||
condition is because POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take
|
||||
precedence over read locks", to avoid "writer starvation". */
|
||||
while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0 && lock->waiting_writers_count == 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the
|
||||
waiting_readers. */
|
||||
if (cnd_wait (&lock->waiting_readers, &lock->lock) != thrd_success)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mtx_unlock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
lock->runcount++;
|
||||
if (mtx_unlock (&lock->lock) != thrd_success)
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->init_needed)
|
||||
call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
|
||||
if (mtx_lock (&lock->lock) != thrd_success)
|
||||
return EAGAIN;
|
||||
/* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running. */
|
||||
while (!(lock->runcount == 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the
|
||||
waiting_writers. */
|
||||
lock->waiting_writers_count++;
|
||||
if (cnd_wait (&lock->waiting_writers, &lock->lock) != thrd_success)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lock->waiting_writers_count--;
|
||||
mtx_unlock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lock->waiting_writers_count--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */
|
||||
if (mtx_unlock (&lock->lock) != thrd_success)
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->init_needed)
|
||||
call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
|
||||
if (mtx_lock (&lock->lock) != thrd_success)
|
||||
return EAGAIN;
|
||||
if (lock->runcount < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Drop a writer lock. */
|
||||
if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
mtx_unlock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lock->runcount = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Drop a reader lock. */
|
||||
if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
mtx_unlock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lock->runcount--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (lock->runcount == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read
|
||||
locks", to avoid "writer starvation". */
|
||||
if (lock->waiting_writers_count > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wake up one of the waiting writers. */
|
||||
if (cnd_signal (&lock->waiting_writers) != thrd_success)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mtx_unlock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wake up all waiting readers. */
|
||||
if (cnd_broadcast (&lock->waiting_readers) != thrd_success)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mtx_unlock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (mtx_unlock (&lock->lock) != thrd_success)
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->init_needed)
|
||||
call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
|
||||
mtx_destroy (&lock->lock);
|
||||
cnd_destroy (&lock->waiting_readers);
|
||||
cnd_destroy (&lock->waiting_writers);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (mtx_init (&lock->mutex, mtx_plain | mtx_recursive) != thrd_success)
|
||||
return ENOMEM;
|
||||
lock->init_needed = 0;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->init_needed)
|
||||
call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
|
||||
if (mtx_lock (&lock->mutex) != thrd_success)
|
||||
return EAGAIN;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->init_needed)
|
||||
call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
|
||||
if (mtx_unlock (&lock->mutex) != thrd_success)
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->init_needed)
|
||||
call_once (&lock->init_once, lock->init_func);
|
||||
mtx_destroy (&lock->mutex);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK && (HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK_PREFER_WRITER || (defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_INITIALIZER_NP && (__GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1)))
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER_NP
|
||||
|
||||
# if !HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK_PREFER_WRITER
|
||||
/* glibc with bug https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=13701 */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_init_for_glibc (pthread_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_rwlockattr_t attributes;
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
err = pthread_rwlockattr_init (&attributes);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
/* Note: PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_NP is the only value that
|
||||
causes the writer to be preferred. PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_WRITER_NP does not
|
||||
do this; see
|
||||
http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np.3.html */
|
||||
err = pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np (&attributes,
|
||||
PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_NP);
|
||||
if (err == 0)
|
||||
err = pthread_rwlock_init(lock, &attributes);
|
||||
/* pthread_rwlockattr_destroy always returns 0. It cannot influence the
|
||||
return value. */
|
||||
pthread_rwlockattr_destroy (&attributes);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
err = pthread_rwlock_init (&lock->rwlock, NULL);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
lock->initialized = 1;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
err = glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (lock);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
err = pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return pthread_rwlock_rdlock (&lock->rwlock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
err = glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (lock);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
err = pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return pthread_rwlock_wrlock (&lock->rwlock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
return pthread_rwlock_unlock (&lock->rwlock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
err = pthread_rwlock_destroy (&lock->rwlock);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
lock->initialized = 0;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
err = pthread_mutex_init (&lock->lock, NULL);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
err = pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_readers, NULL);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
err = pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_writers, NULL);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
lock->waiting_writers_count = 0;
|
||||
lock->runcount = 0;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
/* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount
|
||||
field will not overflow, and whether no writer is waiting. The latter
|
||||
condition is because POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take
|
||||
precedence over read locks", to avoid "writer starvation". */
|
||||
while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0 && lock->waiting_writers_count == 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the
|
||||
waiting_readers. */
|
||||
err = pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_readers, &lock->lock);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
lock->runcount++;
|
||||
return pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
/* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running. */
|
||||
while (!(lock->runcount == 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the
|
||||
waiting_writers. */
|
||||
lock->waiting_writers_count++;
|
||||
err = pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_writers, &lock->lock);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lock->waiting_writers_count--;
|
||||
pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lock->waiting_writers_count--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */
|
||||
return pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
if (lock->runcount < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Drop a writer lock. */
|
||||
if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lock->runcount = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Drop a reader lock. */
|
||||
if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lock->runcount--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (lock->runcount == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read
|
||||
locks", to avoid "writer starvation". */
|
||||
if (lock->waiting_writers_count > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wake up one of the waiting writers. */
|
||||
err = pthread_cond_signal (&lock->waiting_writers);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wake up all waiting readers. */
|
||||
err = pthread_cond_broadcast (&lock->waiting_readers);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
err = pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->lock);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
err = pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_readers);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
err = pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_writers);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutexattr_t attributes;
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
err = pthread_mutexattr_init (&attributes);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
err = pthread_mutexattr_settype (&attributes, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
err = pthread_mutex_init (lock, &attributes);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
err = pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutexattr_t attributes;
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
err = pthread_mutexattr_init (&attributes);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
err = pthread_mutexattr_settype (&attributes, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
err = pthread_mutex_init (&lock->recmutex, &attributes);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
err = pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
lock->initialized = 1;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
{
|
||||
err = glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (lock);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
err = pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->recmutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
return pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->recmutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
if (!lock->initialized)
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
err = pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->recmutex);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
lock->initialized = 0;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
err = pthread_mutex_init (&lock->mutex, NULL);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0;
|
||||
lock->depth = 0;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_t self = pthread_self ();
|
||||
if (lock->owner != self)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
err = pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->mutex);
|
||||
if (err != 0)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
lock->owner = self;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
|
||||
{
|
||||
lock->depth--;
|
||||
return EAGAIN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->owner != pthread_self ())
|
||||
return EPERM;
|
||||
if (lock->depth == 0)
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
if (--(lock->depth) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0;
|
||||
return pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (lock->owner != (pthread_t) 0)
|
||||
return EBUSY;
|
||||
return pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->mutex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
static const pthread_once_t fresh_once = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* We don't know whether pthread_once_t is an integer type, a floating-point
|
||||
type, a pointer type, or a structure type. */
|
||||
char *firstbyte = (char *)once_control;
|
||||
if (*firstbyte == *(const char *)&fresh_once)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* First time use of once_control. Invert the first byte. */
|
||||
*firstbyte = ~ *(const char *)&fresh_once;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# if !(PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD || USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK)
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_once_multithreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control,
|
||||
void (*init_function) (void))
|
||||
{
|
||||
int err = pthread_once (once_control, init_function);
|
||||
if (err == ENOSYS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This happens on FreeBSD 11: The pthread_once function in libc returns
|
||||
ENOSYS. */
|
||||
if (glthread_once_singlethreaded (once_control))
|
||||
init_function ();
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
+791
@@ -0,0 +1,791 @@
|
||||
/* Locking in multithreaded situations.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005-2008, 2017-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
|
||||
Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-win32.h. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file contains locking primitives for use with a given thread library.
|
||||
It does not contain primitives for creating threads or for other
|
||||
synchronization primitives.
|
||||
|
||||
Normal (non-recursive) locks:
|
||||
Type: gl_lock_t
|
||||
Declaration: gl_lock_define(extern, name)
|
||||
Initializer: gl_lock_define_initialized(, name)
|
||||
Initialization: gl_lock_init (name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: gl_lock_lock (name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: gl_lock_unlock (name);
|
||||
De-initialization: gl_lock_destroy (name);
|
||||
Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
|
||||
Initialization: err = glthread_lock_init (&name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: err = glthread_lock_lock (&name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: err = glthread_lock_unlock (&name);
|
||||
De-initialization: err = glthread_lock_destroy (&name);
|
||||
|
||||
Read-Write (non-recursive) locks:
|
||||
Type: gl_rwlock_t
|
||||
Declaration: gl_rwlock_define(extern, name)
|
||||
Initializer: gl_rwlock_define_initialized(, name)
|
||||
Initialization: gl_rwlock_init (name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: gl_rwlock_rdlock (name);
|
||||
gl_rwlock_wrlock (name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: gl_rwlock_unlock (name);
|
||||
De-initialization: gl_rwlock_destroy (name);
|
||||
Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
|
||||
Initialization: err = glthread_rwlock_init (&name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: err = glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&name);
|
||||
err = glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: err = glthread_rwlock_unlock (&name);
|
||||
De-initialization: err = glthread_rwlock_destroy (&name);
|
||||
|
||||
Recursive locks:
|
||||
Type: gl_recursive_lock_t
|
||||
Declaration: gl_recursive_lock_define(extern, name)
|
||||
Initializer: gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(, name)
|
||||
Initialization: gl_recursive_lock_init (name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: gl_recursive_lock_lock (name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: gl_recursive_lock_unlock (name);
|
||||
De-initialization: gl_recursive_lock_destroy (name);
|
||||
Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
|
||||
Initialization: err = glthread_recursive_lock_init (&name);
|
||||
Taking the lock: err = glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&name);
|
||||
Releasing the lock: err = glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&name);
|
||||
De-initialization: err = glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&name);
|
||||
|
||||
Once-only execution:
|
||||
Type: gl_once_t
|
||||
Initializer: gl_once_define(extern, name)
|
||||
Execution: gl_once (name, initfunction);
|
||||
Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
|
||||
Execution: err = glthread_once (&name, initfunction);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LOCK_H
|
||||
#define _LOCK_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined c11_threads_in_use
|
||||
# if HAVE_THREADS_H && USE_POSIX_THREADS_FROM_LIBC
|
||||
# define c11_threads_in_use() 1
|
||||
# elif HAVE_THREADS_H && USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
|
||||
# include <threads.h>
|
||||
# pragma weak thrd_exit
|
||||
# define c11_threads_in_use() (thrd_exit != NULL)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define c11_threads_in_use() 0
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_ISOC_THREADS || USE_ISOC_AND_POSIX_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use the ISO C threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
# include <threads.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
int volatile init_needed;
|
||||
once_flag init_once;
|
||||
void (*init_func) (void);
|
||||
mtx_t mutex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
static void _atomic_init_##NAME (void); \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME = \
|
||||
{ 1, ONCE_FLAG_INIT, _atomic_init_##NAME }; \
|
||||
static void _atomic_init_##NAME (void) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_lock_init (&(NAME))) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
}
|
||||
extern int glthread_lock_init (gl_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_lock_lock (gl_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_lock_unlock (gl_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_lock_destroy (gl_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
int volatile init_needed;
|
||||
once_flag init_once;
|
||||
void (*init_func) (void);
|
||||
mtx_t lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
|
||||
cnd_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
|
||||
cnd_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
|
||||
unsigned int waiting_writers_count; /* number of waiting writers */
|
||||
int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
static void _atomic_init_##NAME (void); \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = \
|
||||
{ 1, ONCE_FLAG_INIT, _atomic_init_##NAME }; \
|
||||
static void _atomic_init_##NAME (void) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_rwlock_init (&(NAME))) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
}
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
int volatile init_needed;
|
||||
once_flag init_once;
|
||||
void (*init_func) (void);
|
||||
mtx_t mutex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
static void _atomic_init_##NAME (void); \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = \
|
||||
{ 1, ONCE_FLAG_INIT, _atomic_init_##NAME }; \
|
||||
static void _atomic_init_##NAME (void) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_recursive_lock_init (&(NAME))) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
}
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef once_flag gl_once_t;
|
||||
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS once_flag NAME = ONCE_FLAG_INIT;
|
||||
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
(call_once (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION), 0)
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use the POSIX threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
# include <pthread.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
|
||||
|
||||
/* The pthread_in_use() detection needs to be done at runtime. */
|
||||
# define pthread_in_use() \
|
||||
glthread_in_use ()
|
||||
extern int glthread_in_use (void);
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use weak references to the POSIX threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Weak references avoid dragging in external libraries if the other parts
|
||||
of the program don't use them. Here we use them, because we don't want
|
||||
every program that uses libintl to depend on libpthread. This assumes
|
||||
that libpthread would not be loaded after libintl; i.e. if libintl is
|
||||
loaded first, by an executable that does not depend on libpthread, and
|
||||
then a module is dynamically loaded that depends on libpthread, libintl
|
||||
will not be multithread-safe. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The way to test at runtime whether libpthread is present is to test
|
||||
whether a function pointer's value, such as &pthread_mutex_init, is
|
||||
non-NULL. However, some versions of GCC have a bug through which, in
|
||||
PIC mode, &foo != NULL always evaluates to true if there is a direct
|
||||
call to foo(...) in the same function. To avoid this, we test the
|
||||
address of a function in libpthread that we don't use. */
|
||||
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_init
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_lock
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_unlock
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_destroy
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_init
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_rdlock
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_wrlock
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_unlock
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_destroy
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_once
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_cond_init
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_cond_wait
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_cond_signal
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_cond_broadcast
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_cond_destroy
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_init
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_settype
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_destroy
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlockattr_init
|
||||
# if __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_rwlockattr_destroy
|
||||
# ifndef pthread_self
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_self
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
|
||||
/* Considering all platforms with USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK, only few symbols
|
||||
can be used to determine whether libpthread is in use. These are:
|
||||
pthread_mutexattr_gettype
|
||||
pthread_rwlockattr_destroy
|
||||
pthread_rwlockattr_init
|
||||
*/
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_gettype
|
||||
# define pthread_in_use() \
|
||||
(pthread_mutexattr_gettype != NULL || c11_threads_in_use ())
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
# if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
|
||||
# define pthread_in_use() 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_initializer \
|
||||
PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_init (LOCK, NULL) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK && (HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK_PREFER_WRITER || (defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_INITIALIZER_NP && (__GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1)))
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER_NP
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pthread_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
|
||||
# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK_RDLOCK_PREFER_WRITER
|
||||
# if defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER_NP
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_init (LOCK, NULL) : 0)
|
||||
# else /* glibc with bug https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=13701 */
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
PTHREAD_RWLOCK_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_INITIALIZER_NP
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_init_for_glibc (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_init_for_glibc (pthread_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_rdlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_wrlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
int initialized;
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
|
||||
pthread_rwlock_t rwlock; /* read-write lock */
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
{ 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
|
||||
pthread_cond_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
|
||||
pthread_cond_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
|
||||
unsigned int waiting_writers_count; /* number of waiting writers */
|
||||
int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
{ PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, 0, 0 }
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# ifdef PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t recmutex; /* recursive mutex */
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
|
||||
int initialized;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
{ PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
/* Old versions of POSIX threads on Solaris did not have recursive locks.
|
||||
We have to implement them ourselves. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t mutex;
|
||||
pthread_t owner;
|
||||
unsigned long depth;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
{ PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, (pthread_t) 0, 0 }
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef pthread_once_t gl_once_t;
|
||||
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS pthread_once_t NAME = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
|
||||
# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD || USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
|
||||
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () \
|
||||
? pthread_once (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
: (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
(pthread_in_use () \
|
||||
? glthread_once_multithreaded (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
: (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
|
||||
extern int glthread_once_multithreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control,
|
||||
void (*init_function) (void));
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control);
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN /* avoid including junk */
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# include "windows-mutex.h"
|
||||
# include "windows-rwlock.h"
|
||||
# include "windows-recmutex.h"
|
||||
# include "windows-once.h"
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* We can use CRITICAL_SECTION directly, rather than the native Windows Event,
|
||||
Mutex, Semaphore types, because
|
||||
- we need only to synchronize inside a single process (address space),
|
||||
not inter-process locking,
|
||||
- we don't need to support trylock operations. (TryEnterCriticalSection
|
||||
does not work on Windows 95/98/ME. Packages that need trylock usually
|
||||
define their own mutex type.) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* There is no way to statically initialize a CRITICAL_SECTION. It needs
|
||||
to be done lazily, once only. For this we need spinlocks. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef glwthread_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_initializer \
|
||||
GLWTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(glwthread_mutex_init (LOCK), 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glwthread_mutex_lock (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glwthread_mutex_unlock (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
glwthread_mutex_destroy (LOCK)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef glwthread_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
|
||||
GLWTHREAD_RWLOCK_INIT
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(glwthread_rwlock_init (LOCK), 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glwthread_rwlock_rdlock (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glwthread_rwlock_wrlock (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glwthread_rwlock_unlock (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
glwthread_rwlock_destroy (LOCK)
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef glwthread_recmutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
|
||||
GLWTHREAD_RECMUTEX_INIT
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
|
||||
(glwthread_recmutex_init (LOCK), 0)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glwthread_recmutex_lock (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
|
||||
glwthread_recmutex_unlock (LOCK)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
|
||||
glwthread_recmutex_destroy (LOCK)
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef glwthread_once_t gl_once_t;
|
||||
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = GLWTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
|
||||
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
(glwthread_once (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION), 0)
|
||||
|
||||
# ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(USE_ISOC_THREADS || USE_POSIX_THREADS || USE_ISOC_AND_POSIX_THREADS || USE_WINDOWS_THREADS)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Provide dummy implementation if threads are not supported. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int gl_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_init(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_lock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_unlock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_lock_destroy(NAME) 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int gl_rwlock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_init(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(NAME) 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int gl_recursive_lock_t;
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) 0
|
||||
# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int gl_once_t;
|
||||
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
|
||||
STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = 0;
|
||||
# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
(*(ONCE_CONTROL) == 0 ? (*(ONCE_CONTROL) = ~ 0, INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros with built-in error handling. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#define gl_lock_init(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_lock_init (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_lock_lock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_lock_unlock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_lock_destroy (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
#define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
|
||||
|
||||
#define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if (glthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION)) \
|
||||
abort (); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _LOCK_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
|
||||
/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 3.8.2. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Bison interface for Yacc-like parsers in C
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1984, 1989-1990, 2000-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* As a special exception, you may create a larger work that contains
|
||||
part or all of the Bison parser skeleton and distribute that work
|
||||
under terms of your choice, so long as that work isn't itself a
|
||||
parser generator using the skeleton or a modified version thereof
|
||||
as a parser skeleton. Alternatively, if you modify or redistribute
|
||||
the parser skeleton itself, you may (at your option) remove this
|
||||
special exception, which will cause the skeleton and the resulting
|
||||
Bison output files to be licensed under the GNU General Public
|
||||
License without this special exception.
|
||||
|
||||
This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in
|
||||
version 2.2 of Bison. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* DO NOT RELY ON FEATURES THAT ARE NOT DOCUMENTED in the manual,
|
||||
especially those whose name start with YY_ or yy_. They are
|
||||
private implementation details that can be changed or removed. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef YY__GETTEXT_PLURAL_TAB_H_INCLUDED
|
||||
# define YY__GETTEXT_PLURAL_TAB_H_INCLUDED
|
||||
/* Debug traces. */
|
||||
#ifndef YYDEBUG
|
||||
# define YYDEBUG 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if YYDEBUG
|
||||
extern int __gettextdebug;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Token kinds. */
|
||||
#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE
|
||||
# define YYTOKENTYPE
|
||||
enum yytokentype
|
||||
{
|
||||
YYEMPTY = -2,
|
||||
YYEOF = 0, /* "end of file" */
|
||||
YYerror = 256, /* error */
|
||||
YYUNDEF = 257, /* "invalid token" */
|
||||
EQUOP2 = 258, /* EQUOP2 */
|
||||
CMPOP2 = 259, /* CMPOP2 */
|
||||
ADDOP2 = 260, /* ADDOP2 */
|
||||
MULOP2 = 261, /* MULOP2 */
|
||||
NUMBER = 262 /* NUMBER */
|
||||
};
|
||||
typedef enum yytokentype yytoken_kind_t;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Value type. */
|
||||
#if ! defined YYSTYPE && ! defined YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED
|
||||
union YYSTYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
#line 42 "plural.y"
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long int num;
|
||||
enum expression_operator op;
|
||||
struct expression *exp;
|
||||
|
||||
#line 77 "plural.h"
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
|
||||
# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
|
||||
# define YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int __gettextparse (struct parse_args *arg);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !YY__GETTEXT_PLURAL_TAB_H_INCLUDED */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
|
||||
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
|
||||
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
|
||||
PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be defined.
|
||||
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
|
||||
# include "printf-args.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int
|
||||
PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
argument *ap;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++)
|
||||
switch (ap->type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case TYPE_SCHAR:
|
||||
ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_UCHAR:
|
||||
ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_SHORT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_USHORT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_INT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_UINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_LONGINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_ULONGINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
|
||||
ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case TYPE_DOUBLE:
|
||||
ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
|
||||
ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_CHAR:
|
||||
ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
|
||||
/* Although ISO C 99 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t is "unchanged by
|
||||
default argument promotions", this is not the case in mingw32,
|
||||
where wint_t is 'unsigned short'. */
|
||||
ap->a.a_wide_char =
|
||||
(sizeof (wint_t) < sizeof (int)
|
||||
? va_arg (args, int)
|
||||
: va_arg (args, wint_t));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case TYPE_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%s", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_string == NULL)
|
||||
ap->a.a_string = "(NULL)";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%ls", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_wide_string == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const wchar_t wide_null_string[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
(wchar_t)'(',
|
||||
(wchar_t)'N', (wchar_t)'U', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)'L',
|
||||
(wchar_t)')',
|
||||
(wchar_t)0
|
||||
};
|
||||
ap->a.a_wide_string = wide_null_string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case TYPE_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
|
||||
ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
|
||||
/* The unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
case TYPE_U8_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_u8_string = va_arg (args, const uint8_t *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%U", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_u8_string == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const uint8_t u8_null_string[] =
|
||||
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
|
||||
ap->a.a_u8_string = u8_null_string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_U16_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_u16_string = va_arg (args, const uint16_t *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%lU", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_u16_string == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const uint16_t u16_null_string[] =
|
||||
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
|
||||
ap->a.a_u16_string = u16_null_string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case TYPE_U32_STRING:
|
||||
ap->a.a_u32_string = va_arg (args, const uint32_t *);
|
||||
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%llU", but in practice
|
||||
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
|
||||
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
|
||||
if (ap->a.a_u32_string == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const uint32_t u32_null_string[] =
|
||||
{ '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
|
||||
ap->a.a_u32_string = u32_null_string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default:
|
||||
/* Unknown type. */
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
|
||||
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2006-2007, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H
|
||||
#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
|
||||
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
|
||||
PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be declared.
|
||||
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default parameters. */
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
|
||||
# define PRINTF_FETCHARGS printf_fetchargs
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get size_t. */
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get wchar_t. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get wint_t. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
# include <wchar.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get va_list. */
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Argument types */
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
TYPE_NONE,
|
||||
TYPE_SCHAR,
|
||||
TYPE_UCHAR,
|
||||
TYPE_SHORT,
|
||||
TYPE_USHORT,
|
||||
TYPE_INT,
|
||||
TYPE_UINT,
|
||||
TYPE_LONGINT,
|
||||
TYPE_ULONGINT,
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
TYPE_LONGLONGINT,
|
||||
TYPE_ULONGLONGINT,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
TYPE_DOUBLE,
|
||||
TYPE_LONGDOUBLE,
|
||||
TYPE_CHAR,
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
TYPE_WIDE_CHAR,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
TYPE_STRING,
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
TYPE_WIDE_STRING,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
TYPE_POINTER,
|
||||
TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER,
|
||||
TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER,
|
||||
TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER,
|
||||
TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
|
||||
/* The unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
, TYPE_U8_STRING
|
||||
, TYPE_U16_STRING
|
||||
, TYPE_U32_STRING
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
} arg_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Polymorphic argument */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
arg_type type;
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
signed char a_schar;
|
||||
unsigned char a_uchar;
|
||||
short a_short;
|
||||
unsigned short a_ushort;
|
||||
int a_int;
|
||||
unsigned int a_uint;
|
||||
long int a_longint;
|
||||
unsigned long int a_ulongint;
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
long long int a_longlongint;
|
||||
unsigned long long int a_ulonglongint;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
float a_float;
|
||||
double a_double;
|
||||
long double a_longdouble;
|
||||
int a_char;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
wint_t a_wide_char;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
const char* a_string;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
const wchar_t* a_wide_string;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
void* a_pointer;
|
||||
signed char * a_count_schar_pointer;
|
||||
short * a_count_short_pointer;
|
||||
int * a_count_int_pointer;
|
||||
long int * a_count_longint_pointer;
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
long long int * a_count_longlongint_pointer;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
|
||||
/* The unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
const uint8_t * a_u8_string;
|
||||
const uint16_t * a_u16_string;
|
||||
const uint32_t * a_u32_string;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
argument;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of directly allocated arguments (no malloc() needed). */
|
||||
#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS 7
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t count;
|
||||
argument *arg;
|
||||
argument direct_alloc_arg[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS];
|
||||
}
|
||||
arguments;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,639 @@
|
||||
/* Formatted output to strings.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003, 2006-2008, 2010-2011, 2018 Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
|
||||
CHAR_T The element type of the format string.
|
||||
CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII Set to 1 to enable verification that all characters
|
||||
in the format string are ASCII.
|
||||
DIRECTIVE Structure denoting a format directive.
|
||||
Depends on CHAR_T.
|
||||
DIRECTIVES Structure denoting the set of format directives of a
|
||||
format string. Depends on CHAR_T.
|
||||
PRINTF_PARSE Function that parses a format string.
|
||||
Depends on CHAR_T.
|
||||
STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static.
|
||||
ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
|
||||
# include "printf-parse.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default parameters. */
|
||||
#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
|
||||
# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
|
||||
# define CHAR_T char
|
||||
# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
|
||||
# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get size_t, NULL. */
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get intmax_t. */
|
||||
#if defined IN_LIBINTL || defined IN_LIBASPRINTF
|
||||
# if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
|
||||
# include <stdint.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
|
||||
# include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* malloc(), realloc(), free(). */
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* memcpy(). */
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* errno. */
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Checked size_t computations. */
|
||||
#include "xsize.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
|
||||
/* c_isascii(). */
|
||||
# include "c-ctype.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int
|
||||
PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR_T *cp = format; /* pointer into format */
|
||||
size_t arg_posn = 0; /* number of regular arguments consumed */
|
||||
size_t d_allocated; /* allocated elements of d->dir */
|
||||
size_t a_allocated; /* allocated elements of a->arg */
|
||||
size_t max_width_length = 0;
|
||||
size_t max_precision_length = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
d->count = 0;
|
||||
d_allocated = N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES;
|
||||
d->dir = d->direct_alloc_dir;
|
||||
|
||||
a->count = 0;
|
||||
a_allocated = N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS;
|
||||
a->arg = a->direct_alloc_arg;
|
||||
|
||||
#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
size_t n = (_index_); \
|
||||
if (n >= a_allocated) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
size_t memory_size; \
|
||||
argument *memory; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2); \
|
||||
if (a_allocated <= n) \
|
||||
a_allocated = xsum (n, 1); \
|
||||
memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument)); \
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \
|
||||
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ \
|
||||
goto out_of_memory; \
|
||||
memory = (argument *) (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg \
|
||||
? realloc (a->arg, memory_size) \
|
||||
: malloc (memory_size)); \
|
||||
if (memory == NULL) \
|
||||
/* Out of memory. */ \
|
||||
goto out_of_memory; \
|
||||
if (a->arg == a->direct_alloc_arg) \
|
||||
memcpy (memory, a->arg, a->count * sizeof (argument)); \
|
||||
a->arg = memory; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
while (a->count <= n) \
|
||||
a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE; \
|
||||
if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE) \
|
||||
a->arg[n].type = (_type_); \
|
||||
else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_)) \
|
||||
/* Ambiguous type for positional argument. */ \
|
||||
goto error; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while (*cp != '\0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHAR_T c = *cp++;
|
||||
if (c == '%')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE;
|
||||
DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count]; /* pointer to next directive */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the next directive. */
|
||||
dp->dir_start = cp - 1;
|
||||
dp->flags = 0;
|
||||
dp->width_start = NULL;
|
||||
dp->width_end = NULL;
|
||||
dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
|
||||
dp->precision_start = NULL;
|
||||
dp->precision_end = NULL;
|
||||
dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
|
||||
dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test for positional argument. */
|
||||
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR_T *np;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
if (*np == '$')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t n = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
|
||||
if (n == 0)
|
||||
/* Positional argument 0. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (n))
|
||||
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
arg_index = n - 1;
|
||||
cp = np + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read the flags. */
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*cp == '\'')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == '-')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == '+')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == ' ')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == '#')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == '0')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'I')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->flags |= FLAG_LOCALIZED;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse the field width. */
|
||||
if (*cp == '*')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->width_start = cp;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
dp->width_end = cp;
|
||||
if (max_width_length < 1)
|
||||
max_width_length = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test for positional argument. */
|
||||
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR_T *np;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
if (*np == '$')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t n = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
|
||||
if (n == 0)
|
||||
/* Positional argument 0. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (n))
|
||||
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
dp->width_arg_index = n - 1;
|
||||
cp = np + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++;
|
||||
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t width_length;
|
||||
|
||||
dp->width_start = cp;
|
||||
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
dp->width_end = cp;
|
||||
width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
|
||||
if (max_width_length < width_length)
|
||||
max_width_length = width_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse the precision. */
|
||||
if (*cp == '.')
|
||||
{
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
if (*cp == '*')
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
dp->precision_end = cp;
|
||||
if (max_precision_length < 2)
|
||||
max_precision_length = 2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test for positional argument. */
|
||||
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
|
||||
{
|
||||
const CHAR_T *np;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
if (*np == '$')
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t n = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
|
||||
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
|
||||
if (n == 0)
|
||||
/* Positional argument 0. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (n))
|
||||
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory
|
||||
later. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1;
|
||||
cp = np + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++;
|
||||
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t precision_length;
|
||||
|
||||
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
|
||||
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
|
||||
;
|
||||
dp->precision_end = cp;
|
||||
precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
|
||||
if (max_precision_length < precision_length)
|
||||
max_precision_length = precision_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
arg_type type;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parse argument type/size specifiers. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
int flags = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (*cp == 'h')
|
||||
{
|
||||
flags |= (1 << (flags & 1));
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'L')
|
||||
{
|
||||
flags |= 4;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'l')
|
||||
{
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'j')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* intmax_t = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* intmax_t = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z')
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z'
|
||||
because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands
|
||||
only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784). */
|
||||
if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* size_t = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* size_t = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (*cp == 't')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* ptrdiff_t = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* ptrdiff_t = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
|
||||
/* On Mac OS X 10.3, PRIdMAX is defined as "qd".
|
||||
We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
|
||||
be understood by the system's printf routines. */
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'q')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* int64_t = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* int64_t = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
/* On native Windows, PRIdMAX is defined as "I64d".
|
||||
We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
|
||||
be understood by the system's printf routines. */
|
||||
else if (*cp == 'I' && cp[1] == '6' && cp[2] == '4')
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* __int64 = long long */
|
||||
flags += 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* __int64 = long */
|
||||
flags += 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
cp += 3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read the conversion character. */
|
||||
c = *cp++;
|
||||
switch (c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 'd': case 'i':
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
|
||||
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
|
||||
type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT;
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
|
||||
"lld" into TYPE_LONGINT. */
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
type = TYPE_LONGINT;
|
||||
else if (flags & 2)
|
||||
type = TYPE_SCHAR;
|
||||
else if (flags & 1)
|
||||
type = TYPE_SHORT;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_INT;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X':
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
|
||||
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
|
||||
type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT;
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* If 'unsigned long long' exists and is the same as
|
||||
'unsigned long', we parse "llu" into TYPE_ULONGINT. */
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
type = TYPE_ULONGINT;
|
||||
else if (flags & 2)
|
||||
type = TYPE_UCHAR;
|
||||
else if (flags & 1)
|
||||
type = TYPE_USHORT;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_UINT;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
|
||||
case 'a': case 'A':
|
||||
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
|
||||
type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_DOUBLE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'c':
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_CHAR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WINT_T
|
||||
case 'C':
|
||||
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
|
||||
c = 'c';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case 's':
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_STRING;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
|
||||
case 'S':
|
||||
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
|
||||
c = 's';
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case 'p':
|
||||
type = TYPE_POINTER;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 'n':
|
||||
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
|
||||
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER;
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
|
||||
"lln" into TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER. */
|
||||
if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER;
|
||||
else if (flags & 2)
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER;
|
||||
else if (flags & 1)
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
|
||||
/* The unistdio extensions. */
|
||||
case 'U':
|
||||
if (flags >= 16)
|
||||
type = TYPE_U32_STRING;
|
||||
else if (flags >= 8)
|
||||
type = TYPE_U16_STRING;
|
||||
else
|
||||
type = TYPE_U8_STRING;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
case '%':
|
||||
type = TYPE_NONE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
/* Unknown conversion character. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (type != TYPE_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->arg_index = arg_index;
|
||||
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
dp->arg_index = arg_posn++;
|
||||
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
|
||||
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
dp->conversion = c;
|
||||
dp->dir_end = cp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
d->count++;
|
||||
if (d->count >= d_allocated)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t memory_size;
|
||||
DIRECTIVE *memory;
|
||||
|
||||
d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2);
|
||||
memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
|
||||
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))
|
||||
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */
|
||||
goto out_of_memory;
|
||||
memory = (DIRECTIVE *) (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir
|
||||
? realloc (d->dir, memory_size)
|
||||
: malloc (memory_size));
|
||||
if (memory == NULL)
|
||||
/* Out of memory. */
|
||||
goto out_of_memory;
|
||||
if (d->dir == d->direct_alloc_dir)
|
||||
memcpy (memory, d->dir, d->count * sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
|
||||
d->dir = memory;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
|
||||
else if (!c_isascii (c))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Non-ASCII character. Not supported. */
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp;
|
||||
|
||||
d->max_width_length = max_width_length;
|
||||
d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
error:
|
||||
if (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg)
|
||||
free (a->arg);
|
||||
if (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir)
|
||||
free (d->dir);
|
||||
errno = EINVAL;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
|
||||
out_of_memory:
|
||||
if (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg)
|
||||
free (a->arg);
|
||||
if (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir)
|
||||
free (d->dir);
|
||||
errno = ENOMEM;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#undef PRINTF_PARSE
|
||||
#undef DIRECTIVES
|
||||
#undef DIRECTIVE
|
||||
#undef CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
|
||||
#undef CHAR_T
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
|
||||
/* Parse printf format string.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005, 2007, 2010-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H
|
||||
#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_FEATURES_H
|
||||
# include <features.h> /* for __GLIBC__, __UCLIBC__ */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "printf-args.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Flags */
|
||||
#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_ZERO 32
|
||||
#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
|
||||
# define FLAG_LOCALIZED 64 /* I flag, uses localized digits */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
|
||||
#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of directly allocated directives (no malloc() needed). */
|
||||
#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES 7
|
||||
|
||||
/* A parsed directive. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char* dir_start;
|
||||
const char* dir_end;
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
const char* width_start;
|
||||
const char* width_end;
|
||||
size_t width_arg_index;
|
||||
const char* precision_start;
|
||||
const char* precision_end;
|
||||
size_t precision_arg_index;
|
||||
char conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */
|
||||
size_t arg_index;
|
||||
}
|
||||
char_directive;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A parsed format string. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t count;
|
||||
char_directive *dir;
|
||||
size_t max_width_length;
|
||||
size_t max_precision_length;
|
||||
char_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
|
||||
}
|
||||
char_directives;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
|
||||
in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
|
||||
to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
|
||||
arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
|
||||
/* Formatted output to strings, using POSIX/XSI format strings with positions.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2007, 2009-2011, 2018, 2020-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
|
||||
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
# include <malloc.h>
|
||||
# define alloca _alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
|
||||
# include <alloca.h>
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifdef _AIX
|
||||
#pragma alloca
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# ifndef alloca
|
||||
char *alloca ();
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if !HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some systems, like OSF/1 4.0 and Woe32, don't have EOVERFLOW. */
|
||||
#ifndef EOVERFLOW
|
||||
# define EOVERFLOW E2BIG
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
|
||||
the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
|
||||
don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
|
||||
#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
|
||||
#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define STATIC static
|
||||
|
||||
/* You can enable this for debugging on Windows. But not in a release! */
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
# define ENABLE_WCHAR_FALLBACK 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* This needs to be consistent with libgnuintl.in.h. */
|
||||
#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __BEOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__
|
||||
/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))).
|
||||
This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin,
|
||||
mingw does not have a function __printf__. */
|
||||
# define libintl_printf __printf__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-args.h". */
|
||||
#include "printf-args.c"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-parse.h". */
|
||||
#include "printf-parse.c"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */
|
||||
#define vasnprintf libintl_vasnprintf
|
||||
#include "vasnprintf.c"
|
||||
#if 0 /* not needed */
|
||||
#define asnprintf libintl_asnprintf
|
||||
#include "asnprintf.c"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Users don't expect libintl_fprintf to be less POSIX compliant
|
||||
than the fprintf implementation provided by gnulib or - on mingw -
|
||||
the one provided by mingw libs when __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO is in
|
||||
effect. */
|
||||
#define USE_REPLACEMENT_CODE_ALWAYS 1
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vfprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if !USE_REPLACEMENT_CODE_ALWAYS
|
||||
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return vfprintf (stream, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length;
|
||||
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
|
||||
int retval = -1;
|
||||
if (result != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t written = fwrite (result, 1, length, stream);
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
if (written == length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
else
|
||||
retval = length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_fprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vfprintf (stream, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vprintf (const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_vfprintf (stdout, format, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_printf (const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vprintf (format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vsprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if !USE_REPLACEMENT_CODE_ALWAYS
|
||||
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length = (size_t) ~0 / (4 * sizeof (char));
|
||||
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
|
||||
if (result != resultbuf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_sprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_SNPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
|
||||
/* Windows. The mingw function vsnprintf() has fewer bugs than the MSVCRT
|
||||
function _vsnprintf(), so prefer that. */
|
||||
# if defined __MINGW32__
|
||||
# define system_vsnprintf vsnprintf
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define system_vsnprintf _vsnprintf
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# else
|
||||
/* Unix. */
|
||||
# define system_vsnprintf vsnprintf
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vsnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
# if !USE_REPLACEMENT_CODE_ALWAYS
|
||||
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return system_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t maxlength = length;
|
||||
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
|
||||
if (result == NULL)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
if (result != resultbuf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (maxlength > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t pruned_length =
|
||||
(length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1);
|
||||
memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length);
|
||||
resultbuf[pruned_length] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_snprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_ASPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vasprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length;
|
||||
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
|
||||
if (result == NULL)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*resultp = result;
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vasprintf (resultp, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_WPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
#include <wchar.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1
|
||||
|
||||
#include "wprintf-parse.h"
|
||||
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "wprintf-parse.h". */
|
||||
#define CHAR_T wchar_t
|
||||
#define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
|
||||
#define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
|
||||
#define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
|
||||
#include "printf-parse.c"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */
|
||||
#define vasnwprintf libintl_vasnwprintf
|
||||
#include "vasnprintf.c"
|
||||
#if 0 /* not needed */
|
||||
#define asnwprintf libintl_asnwprintf
|
||||
#include "asnprintf.c"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
|
||||
/* Windows. The function vswprintf() has a different signature than
|
||||
on Unix; we use the function _vsnwprintf() instead. */
|
||||
# define system_vswprintf _vsnwprintf
|
||||
# else
|
||||
/* Unix. */
|
||||
# define system_vswprintf vswprintf
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vfwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
# if !USE_REPLACEMENT_CODE_ALWAYS
|
||||
if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length;
|
||||
wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
|
||||
int retval = -1;
|
||||
if (result != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
|
||||
if (fputwc (result[i], stream) == WEOF)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
if (i == length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
else
|
||||
retval = length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_fwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vwprintf (const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return libintl_vfwprintf (stdout, format, args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_wprintf (const wchar_t *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vwprintf (format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_vswprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
|
||||
{
|
||||
# if !USE_REPLACEMENT_CODE_ALWAYS
|
||||
if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
|
||||
return system_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
|
||||
else
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t maxlength = length;
|
||||
wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
|
||||
if (result == NULL)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
if (result != resultbuf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (maxlength > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t pruned_length =
|
||||
(length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1);
|
||||
memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length * sizeof (wchar_t));
|
||||
resultbuf[pruned_length] = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free (result);
|
||||
/* Unlike vsnprintf, which has to return the number of character that
|
||||
would have been produced if the resultbuf had been sufficiently
|
||||
large, the vswprintf function has to return a negative value if
|
||||
the resultbuf was not sufficiently large. */
|
||||
if (length >= maxlength)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (length > INT_MAX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = EOVERFLOW;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
int
|
||||
libintl_swprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
va_start (args, format);
|
||||
retval = libintl_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
|
||||
va_end (args);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
|
||||
/* Return the internal lock used by setlocale_null_r.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2019-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2019. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* When it is known that the gl_get_setlocale_null_lock function is defined
|
||||
by a dependency library, it should not be defined here. */
|
||||
#if OMIT_SETLOCALE_LOCK
|
||||
|
||||
/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
|
||||
this file is never empty. */
|
||||
typedef int dummy;
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file defines the internal lock used by setlocale_null_r.
|
||||
It is a separate compilation unit, so that only one copy of it is
|
||||
present when linking statically. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prohibit renaming this symbol. */
|
||||
# undef gl_get_setlocale_null_lock
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macro for exporting a symbol (function, not variable) defined in this file,
|
||||
when compiled into a shared library. */
|
||||
# ifndef DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
# if HAVE_VISIBILITY
|
||||
/* Override the effect of the compiler option '-fvisibility=hidden'. */
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
|
||||
# elif defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define DLL_EXPORTED
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
|
||||
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN /* avoid including junk */
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# include "windows-initguard.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* The return type is a 'CRITICAL_SECTION *', not a 'glwthread_mutex_t *',
|
||||
because the latter is not guaranteed to be a stable ABI in the future. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make sure the function gets exported from DLLs. */
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED CRITICAL_SECTION *gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void);
|
||||
|
||||
static glwthread_initguard_t guard = GLWTHREAD_INITGUARD_INIT;
|
||||
static CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns the internal lock used by setlocale_null_r. */
|
||||
CRITICAL_SECTION *
|
||||
gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!guard.done)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (InterlockedIncrement (&guard.started) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This thread is the first one to need the lock. Initialize it. */
|
||||
InitializeCriticalSection (&lock);
|
||||
guard.done = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Don't let guard.started grow and wrap around. */
|
||||
InterlockedDecrement (&guard.started);
|
||||
/* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
|
||||
initializing this mutex. */
|
||||
while (!guard.done)
|
||||
Sleep (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return &lock;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# elif HAVE_PTHREAD_API
|
||||
|
||||
# include <pthread.h>
|
||||
|
||||
static pthread_mutex_t mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make sure the function gets exported from shared libraries. */
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED pthread_mutex_t *gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns the internal lock used by setlocale_null_r. */
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t *
|
||||
gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return &mutex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# elif HAVE_THREADS_H
|
||||
|
||||
# include <threads.h>
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
static int volatile init_needed = 1;
|
||||
static once_flag init_once = ONCE_FLAG_INIT;
|
||||
static mtx_t mutex;
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
atomic_init (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (mtx_init (&mutex, mtx_plain) != thrd_success)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
init_needed = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make sure the function gets exported from shared libraries. */
|
||||
DLL_EXPORTED mtx_t *gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns the internal lock used by setlocale_null_r. */
|
||||
mtx_t *
|
||||
gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (init_needed)
|
||||
call_once (&init_once, atomic_init);
|
||||
return &mutex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__) && !defined _MSC_VER
|
||||
/* Make sure the '__declspec(dllimport)' in setlocale_null.c does not cause
|
||||
a link failure when no DLLs are involved. */
|
||||
# if defined _WIN64 || defined _LP64
|
||||
# define IMP(x) __imp_##x
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define IMP(x) _imp__##x
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
void * IMP(gl_get_setlocale_null_lock) = &gl_get_setlocale_null_lock;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
|
||||
/* Query the name of the current global locale.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2019. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MTSAFE 1
|
||||
#define SETLOCALE_NULL_ONE_MTSAFE 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#include "setlocale_null.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <locale.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
# include <wchar.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MTSAFE && SETLOCALE_NULL_ONE_MTSAFE)
|
||||
# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
|
||||
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN /* avoid including junk */
|
||||
# include <windows.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# elif HAVE_PTHREAD_API
|
||||
|
||||
# include <pthread.h>
|
||||
# if HAVE_THREADS_H && HAVE_WEAK_SYMBOLS
|
||||
# include <threads.h>
|
||||
# pragma weak thrd_exit
|
||||
# define c11_threads_in_use() (thrd_exit != NULL)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define c11_threads_in_use() 0
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# elif HAVE_THREADS_H
|
||||
|
||||
# include <threads.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use the system's setlocale() function, not the gnulib override, here. */
|
||||
#undef setlocale
|
||||
|
||||
static const char *
|
||||
setlocale_null_androidfix (int category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *result = setlocale (category, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __ANDROID__
|
||||
if (result == NULL)
|
||||
switch (category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case LC_CTYPE:
|
||||
case LC_NUMERIC:
|
||||
case LC_TIME:
|
||||
case LC_COLLATE:
|
||||
case LC_MONETARY:
|
||||
case LC_MESSAGES:
|
||||
case LC_ALL:
|
||||
case LC_PAPER:
|
||||
case LC_NAME:
|
||||
case LC_ADDRESS:
|
||||
case LC_TELEPHONE:
|
||||
case LC_MEASUREMENT:
|
||||
result = "C";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
setlocale_null_unlocked (int category, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__ && defined _MSC_VER
|
||||
/* On native Windows, nowadays, the setlocale() implementation is based
|
||||
on _wsetlocale() and uses malloc() for the result. We are better off
|
||||
using _wsetlocale() directly. */
|
||||
const wchar_t *result = _wsetlocale (category, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
if (result == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* CATEGORY is invalid. */
|
||||
if (bufsize > 0)
|
||||
/* Return an empty string in BUF.
|
||||
This is a convenience for callers that don't want to write explicit
|
||||
code for handling EINVAL. */
|
||||
buf[0] = '\0';
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length = wcslen (result);
|
||||
if (length < bufsize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convert wchar_t[] -> char[], assuming plain ASCII. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i <= length; i++)
|
||||
buf[i] = result[i];
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (bufsize > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return a truncated result in BUF.
|
||||
This is a convenience for callers that don't want to write
|
||||
explicit code for handling ERANGE. */
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convert wchar_t[] -> char[], assuming plain ASCII. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < bufsize; i++)
|
||||
buf[i] = result[i];
|
||||
buf[bufsize - 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERANGE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
const char *result = setlocale_null_androidfix (category);
|
||||
|
||||
if (result == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* CATEGORY is invalid. */
|
||||
if (bufsize > 0)
|
||||
/* Return an empty string in BUF.
|
||||
This is a convenience for callers that don't want to write explicit
|
||||
code for handling EINVAL. */
|
||||
buf[0] = '\0';
|
||||
return EINVAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t length = strlen (result);
|
||||
if (length < bufsize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
memcpy (buf, result, length + 1);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (bufsize > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return a truncated result in BUF.
|
||||
This is a convenience for callers that don't want to write
|
||||
explicit code for handling ERANGE. */
|
||||
memcpy (buf, result, bufsize - 1);
|
||||
buf[bufsize - 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERANGE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if !(SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MTSAFE && SETLOCALE_NULL_ONE_MTSAFE) /* musl libc, macOS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, AIX, Haiku, Cygwin */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use a lock, so that no two threads can invoke setlocale_null_unlocked
|
||||
at the same time. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prohibit renaming this symbol. */
|
||||
# undef gl_get_setlocale_null_lock
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
|
||||
extern __declspec(dllimport) CRITICAL_SECTION *gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void);
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
setlocale_null_with_lock (int category, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CRITICAL_SECTION *lock = gl_get_setlocale_null_lock ();
|
||||
int ret;
|
||||
|
||||
EnterCriticalSection (lock);
|
||||
ret = setlocale_null_unlocked (category, buf, bufsize);
|
||||
LeaveCriticalSection (lock);
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# elif HAVE_PTHREAD_API /* musl libc, macOS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, AIX, Haiku, Cygwin */
|
||||
|
||||
extern
|
||||
# if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__
|
||||
__declspec(dllimport)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t *gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void);
|
||||
|
||||
# if HAVE_WEAK_SYMBOLS /* musl libc, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, Haiku */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Avoid the need to link with '-lpthread'. */
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_lock
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_unlock
|
||||
|
||||
/* Determine whether libpthread is in use. */
|
||||
# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_gettype
|
||||
/* See the comments in lock.h. */
|
||||
# define pthread_in_use() \
|
||||
(pthread_mutexattr_gettype != NULL || c11_threads_in_use ())
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define pthread_in_use() 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
setlocale_null_with_lock (int category, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (pthread_in_use())
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_mutex_t *lock = gl_get_setlocale_null_lock ();
|
||||
int ret;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_lock (lock))
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
ret = setlocale_null_unlocked (category, buf, bufsize);
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (lock))
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return setlocale_null_unlocked (category, buf, bufsize);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# elif HAVE_THREADS_H
|
||||
|
||||
extern mtx_t *gl_get_setlocale_null_lock (void);
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
setlocale_null_with_lock (int category, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mtx_t *lock = gl_get_setlocale_null_lock ();
|
||||
int ret;
|
||||
|
||||
if (mtx_lock (lock) != thrd_success)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
ret = setlocale_null_unlocked (category, buf, bufsize);
|
||||
if (mtx_unlock (lock) != thrd_success)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
setlocale_null_r (int category, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MTSAFE
|
||||
# if SETLOCALE_NULL_ONE_MTSAFE
|
||||
|
||||
return setlocale_null_unlocked (category, buf, bufsize);
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
if (category == LC_ALL)
|
||||
return setlocale_null_unlocked (category, buf, bufsize);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return setlocale_null_with_lock (category, buf, bufsize);
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# if SETLOCALE_NULL_ONE_MTSAFE
|
||||
|
||||
if (category == LC_ALL)
|
||||
return setlocale_null_with_lock (category, buf, bufsize);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return setlocale_null_unlocked (category, buf, bufsize);
|
||||
|
||||
# else
|
||||
|
||||
return setlocale_null_with_lock (category, buf, bufsize);
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
setlocale_null (int category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MTSAFE && SETLOCALE_NULL_ONE_MTSAFE
|
||||
return setlocale_null_androidfix (category);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
/* This call must be multithread-safe. To achieve this without using
|
||||
thread-local storage:
|
||||
1. We use a specific static buffer for each possible CATEGORY
|
||||
argument. So that different threads can call setlocale_mtsafe
|
||||
with different CATEGORY arguments, without interfering.
|
||||
2. We use a simple strcpy or memcpy to fill this static buffer.
|
||||
Filling it through, for example, strcpy + strcat would not be
|
||||
guaranteed to leave the buffer's contents intact if another thread
|
||||
is currently accessing it. If necessary, the contents is first
|
||||
assembled in a stack-allocated buffer. */
|
||||
if (category == LC_ALL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
# if SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MTSAFE
|
||||
return setlocale_null_androidfix (LC_ALL);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
char buf[SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MAX];
|
||||
static char resultbuf[SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MAX];
|
||||
|
||||
if (setlocale_null_r (LC_ALL, buf, sizeof (buf)))
|
||||
return "C";
|
||||
strcpy (resultbuf, buf);
|
||||
return resultbuf;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
# if SETLOCALE_NULL_ONE_MTSAFE
|
||||
return setlocale_null_androidfix (category);
|
||||
# else
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
LC_CTYPE_INDEX,
|
||||
LC_NUMERIC_INDEX,
|
||||
LC_TIME_INDEX,
|
||||
LC_COLLATE_INDEX,
|
||||
LC_MONETARY_INDEX,
|
||||
LC_MESSAGES_INDEX,
|
||||
# ifdef LC_PAPER
|
||||
LC_PAPER_INDEX,
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifdef LC_NAME
|
||||
LC_NAME_INDEX,
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifdef LC_ADDRESS
|
||||
LC_ADDRESS_INDEX,
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifdef LC_TELEPHONE
|
||||
LC_TELEPHONE_INDEX,
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifdef LC_MEASUREMENT
|
||||
LC_MEASUREMENT_INDEX,
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifdef LC_IDENTIFICATION
|
||||
LC_IDENTIFICATION_INDEX,
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
LC_INDICES_COUNT
|
||||
}
|
||||
i;
|
||||
char buf[SETLOCALE_NULL_MAX];
|
||||
static char resultbuf[LC_INDICES_COUNT][SETLOCALE_NULL_MAX];
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
|
||||
err = setlocale_null_r (category, buf, sizeof (buf));
|
||||
if (err == EINVAL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
if (err)
|
||||
return "C";
|
||||
|
||||
switch (category)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case LC_CTYPE: i = LC_CTYPE_INDEX; break;
|
||||
case LC_NUMERIC: i = LC_NUMERIC_INDEX; break;
|
||||
case LC_TIME: i = LC_TIME_INDEX; break;
|
||||
case LC_COLLATE: i = LC_COLLATE_INDEX; break;
|
||||
case LC_MONETARY: i = LC_MONETARY_INDEX; break;
|
||||
case LC_MESSAGES: i = LC_MESSAGES_INDEX; break;
|
||||
# ifdef LC_PAPER
|
||||
case LC_PAPER: i = LC_PAPER_INDEX; break;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifdef LC_NAME
|
||||
case LC_NAME: i = LC_NAME_INDEX; break;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifdef LC_ADDRESS
|
||||
case LC_ADDRESS: i = LC_ADDRESS_INDEX; break;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifdef LC_TELEPHONE
|
||||
case LC_TELEPHONE: i = LC_TELEPHONE_INDEX; break;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifdef LC_MEASUREMENT
|
||||
case LC_MEASUREMENT: i = LC_MEASUREMENT_INDEX; break;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# ifdef LC_IDENTIFICATION
|
||||
case LC_IDENTIFICATION: i = LC_IDENTIFICATION_INDEX; break;
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
default:
|
||||
/* If you get here, a #ifdef LC_xxx is missing. */
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
strcpy (resultbuf[i], buf);
|
||||
return resultbuf[i];
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
|
||||
/* Query the name of the current global locale.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2019. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _SETLOCALE_NULL_H
|
||||
#define _SETLOCALE_NULL_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "arg-nonnull.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Recommended size of a buffer for a locale name for a single category.
|
||||
On glibc systems, you can have locale names that are relative file names;
|
||||
assume a maximum length 256.
|
||||
In native Windows, in 2018 the longest locale name was of length 58
|
||||
("FYRO Macedonian_Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia.1251"). */
|
||||
#define SETLOCALE_NULL_MAX (256+1)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Recommended size of a buffer for a locale name with all categories.
|
||||
On glibc systems, you can have locale names that are relative file names;
|
||||
assume maximum length 256 for each. There are 12 categories; so, the
|
||||
maximum total length is 148+12*256.
|
||||
In native Windows, there are 5 categories, and the maximum total length is
|
||||
55+5*58. */
|
||||
#define SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MAX (148+12*256+1)
|
||||
|
||||
/* setlocale_null_r (CATEGORY, BUF, BUFSIZE) is like setlocale (CATEGORY, NULL),
|
||||
except that
|
||||
- it is guaranteed to be multithread-safe,
|
||||
- it returns the resulting locale category name or locale name in the
|
||||
user-supplied buffer BUF, which must be BUFSIZE bytes long.
|
||||
The recommended minimum buffer size is
|
||||
- SETLOCALE_NULL_MAX for CATEGORY != LC_ALL, and
|
||||
- SETLOCALE_NULL_ALL_MAX for CATEGORY == LC_ALL.
|
||||
The return value is an error code: 0 if the call is successful, EINVAL if
|
||||
CATEGORY is invalid, or ERANGE if BUFSIZE is smaller than the length needed
|
||||
size (including the trailing NUL byte). In the latter case, a truncated
|
||||
result is returned in BUF, but still NUL-terminated if BUFSIZE > 0.
|
||||
For this call to be multithread-safe, *all* calls to
|
||||
setlocale (CATEGORY, NULL) in all other threads must have been converted
|
||||
to use setlocale_null_r or setlocale_null as well, and the other threads
|
||||
must not make other setlocale invocations (since changing the global locale
|
||||
has side effects on all threads). */
|
||||
extern int setlocale_null_r (int category, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
|
||||
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2));
|
||||
|
||||
/* setlocale_null (CATEGORY) is like setlocale (CATEGORY, NULL), except that
|
||||
it is guaranteed to be multithread-safe.
|
||||
The return value is NULL if CATEGORY is invalid.
|
||||
For this call to be multithread-safe, *all* calls to
|
||||
setlocale (CATEGORY, NULL) in all other threads must have been converted
|
||||
to use setlocale_null_r or setlocale_null as well, and the other threads
|
||||
must not make other setlocale invocations (since changing the global locale
|
||||
has side effects on all threads). */
|
||||
extern const char *setlocale_null (int category);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _SETLOCALE_NULL_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
|
||||
/* Optimization of multithreaded code.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2020. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _THREAD_OPTIM_H
|
||||
#define _THREAD_OPTIM_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file defines a way to optimize multithreaded code for the single-thread
|
||||
case, based on the variable '__libc_single_threaded', defined in
|
||||
glibc >= 2.32. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Typical use: In a block or function, use
|
||||
|
||||
bool mt = gl_multithreaded ();
|
||||
...
|
||||
if (mt)
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock)) abort ();
|
||||
...
|
||||
if (mt)
|
||||
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock)) abort ();
|
||||
|
||||
The gl_multithreaded () invocation determines whether the program currently
|
||||
is multithreaded.
|
||||
|
||||
if (mt) STATEMENT executes STATEMENT in the multithreaded case, and skips
|
||||
it in the single-threaded case.
|
||||
|
||||
The code between the gl_multithreaded () invocation and any use of the
|
||||
variable 'mt' must not create threads or invoke functions that may
|
||||
indirectly create threads (e.g. 'dlopen' may, indirectly through C++
|
||||
initializers of global variables in the shared library being opened,
|
||||
create threads).
|
||||
|
||||
The lock here is meant to synchronize threads in the same process. The
|
||||
same optimization cannot be applied to locks that synchronize different
|
||||
processes (e.g. through shared memory mappings). */
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_SYS_SINGLE_THREADED_H /* glibc >= 2.32 */
|
||||
# include <sys/single_threaded.h>
|
||||
# define gl_multithreaded() !__libc_single_threaded
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define gl_multithreaded() 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _THREAD_OPTIM_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
|
||||
/* Multithreading primitives.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
#if USE_POSIX_THREADS || USE_ISOC_AND_POSIX_THREADS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use the POSIX threads library. */
|
||||
|
||||
# include <errno.h>
|
||||
# include <pthread.h>
|
||||
# include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
|
||||
|
||||
# if defined __FreeBSD__ || defined __DragonFly__ /* FreeBSD */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test using pthread_key_create. */
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_in_use (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static int tested;
|
||||
static int result; /* 1: linked with -lpthread, 0: only with libc */
|
||||
|
||||
if (!tested)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_key_t key;
|
||||
int err = pthread_key_create (&key, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
if (err == ENOSYS)
|
||||
result = 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
result = 1;
|
||||
if (err == 0)
|
||||
pthread_key_delete (key);
|
||||
}
|
||||
tested = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# else /* Solaris, HP-UX */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test using pthread_create. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The function to be executed by a dummy thread. */
|
||||
static void *
|
||||
dummy_thread_func (void *arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return arg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
glthread_in_use (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static int tested;
|
||||
static int result; /* 1: linked with -lpthread, 0: only with libc */
|
||||
|
||||
if (!tested)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pthread_t thread;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pthread_create (&thread, NULL, dummy_thread_func, NULL) != 0)
|
||||
/* Thread creation failed. */
|
||||
result = 0;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Thread creation works. */
|
||||
void *retval;
|
||||
if (pthread_join (thread, &retval) != 0)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
result = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
tested = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* ========================================================================= */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
|
||||
this file is never empty. */
|
||||
typedef int dummy;
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,682 @@
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
Contributed by Bernd Schmidt <crux@Pool.Informatik.RWTH-Aachen.DE>, 1997.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
|
||||
Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tree search for red/black trees.
|
||||
The algorithm for adding nodes is taken from one of the many "Algorithms"
|
||||
books by Robert Sedgewick, although the implementation differs.
|
||||
The algorithm for deleting nodes can probably be found in a book named
|
||||
"Introduction to Algorithms" by Cormen/Leiserson/Rivest. At least that's
|
||||
the book that my professor took most algorithms from during the "Data
|
||||
Structures" course...
|
||||
|
||||
Totally public domain. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Red/black trees are binary trees in which the edges are colored either red
|
||||
or black. They have the following properties:
|
||||
1. The number of black edges on every path from the root to a leaf is
|
||||
constant.
|
||||
2. No two red edges are adjacent.
|
||||
Therefore there is an upper bound on the length of every path, it's
|
||||
O(log n) where n is the number of nodes in the tree. No path can be longer
|
||||
than 1+2*P where P is the length of the shortest path in the tree.
|
||||
Useful for the implementation:
|
||||
3. If one of the children of a node is NULL, then the other one is red
|
||||
(if it exists).
|
||||
|
||||
In the implementation, not the edges are colored, but the nodes. The color
|
||||
interpreted as the color of the edge leading to this node. The color is
|
||||
meaningless for the root node, but we color the root node black for
|
||||
convenience. All added nodes are red initially.
|
||||
|
||||
Adding to a red/black tree is rather easy. The right place is searched
|
||||
with a usual binary tree search. Additionally, whenever a node N is
|
||||
reached that has two red successors, the successors are colored black and
|
||||
the node itself colored red. This moves red edges up the tree where they
|
||||
pose less of a problem once we get to really insert the new node. Changing
|
||||
N's color to red may violate rule 2, however, so rotations may become
|
||||
necessary to restore the invariants. Adding a new red leaf may violate
|
||||
the same rule, so afterwards an additional check is run and the tree
|
||||
possibly rotated.
|
||||
|
||||
Deleting is hairy. There are mainly two nodes involved: the node to be
|
||||
deleted (n1), and another node that is to be unchained from the tree (n2).
|
||||
If n1 has a successor (the node with a smallest key that is larger than
|
||||
n1), then the successor becomes n2 and its contents are copied into n1,
|
||||
otherwise n1 becomes n2.
|
||||
Unchaining a node may violate rule 1: if n2 is black, one subtree is
|
||||
missing one black edge afterwards. The algorithm must try to move this
|
||||
error upwards towards the root, so that the subtree that does not have
|
||||
enough black edges becomes the whole tree. Once that happens, the error
|
||||
has disappeared. It may not be necessary to go all the way up, since it
|
||||
is possible that rotations and recoloring can fix the error before that.
|
||||
|
||||
Although the deletion algorithm must walk upwards through the tree, we
|
||||
do not store parent pointers in the nodes. Instead, delete allocates a
|
||||
small array of parent pointers and fills it while descending the tree.
|
||||
Since we know that the length of a path is O(log n), where n is the number
|
||||
of nodes, this is likely to use less memory. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tree rotations look like this:
|
||||
A C
|
||||
/ \ / \
|
||||
B C A G
|
||||
/ \ / \ --> / \
|
||||
D E F G B F
|
||||
/ \
|
||||
D E
|
||||
|
||||
In this case, A has been rotated left. This preserves the ordering of the
|
||||
binary tree. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specification. */
|
||||
#ifdef IN_LIBINTL
|
||||
# include "tsearch.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include <search.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (*__compar_fn_t) (const void *, const void *);
|
||||
typedef void (*__action_fn_t) (const void *, VISIT, int);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef weak_alias
|
||||
# define __tsearch tsearch
|
||||
# define __tfind tfind
|
||||
# define __tdelete tdelete
|
||||
# define __twalk twalk
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef internal_function
|
||||
/* Inside GNU libc we mark some function in a special way. In other
|
||||
environments simply ignore the marking. */
|
||||
# define internal_function
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct node_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Callers expect this to be the first element in the structure - do not
|
||||
move! */
|
||||
const void *key;
|
||||
struct node_t *left;
|
||||
struct node_t *right;
|
||||
unsigned int red:1;
|
||||
} *node;
|
||||
typedef const struct node_t *const_node;
|
||||
|
||||
#undef DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
/* Routines to check tree invariants. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <assert.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define CHECK_TREE(a) check_tree(a)
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
check_tree_recurse (node p, int d_sofar, int d_total)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (p == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert (d_sofar == d_total);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
check_tree_recurse (p->left, d_sofar + (p->left && !p->left->red), d_total);
|
||||
check_tree_recurse (p->right, d_sofar + (p->right && !p->right->red), d_total);
|
||||
if (p->left)
|
||||
assert (!(p->left->red && p->red));
|
||||
if (p->right)
|
||||
assert (!(p->right->red && p->red));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
check_tree (node root)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int cnt = 0;
|
||||
node p;
|
||||
if (root == NULL)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
root->red = 0;
|
||||
for(p = root->left; p; p = p->left)
|
||||
cnt += !p->red;
|
||||
check_tree_recurse (root, 0, cnt);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#define CHECK_TREE(a)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Possibly "split" a node with two red successors, and/or fix up two red
|
||||
edges in a row. ROOTP is a pointer to the lowest node we visited, PARENTP
|
||||
and GPARENTP pointers to its parent/grandparent. P_R and GP_R contain the
|
||||
comparison values that determined which way was taken in the tree to reach
|
||||
ROOTP. MODE is 1 if we need not do the split, but must check for two red
|
||||
edges between GPARENTP and ROOTP. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
maybe_split_for_insert (node *rootp, node *parentp, node *gparentp,
|
||||
int p_r, int gp_r, int mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node root = *rootp;
|
||||
node *rp, *lp;
|
||||
rp = &(*rootp)->right;
|
||||
lp = &(*rootp)->left;
|
||||
|
||||
/* See if we have to split this node (both successors red). */
|
||||
if (mode == 1
|
||||
|| ((*rp) != NULL && (*lp) != NULL && (*rp)->red && (*lp)->red))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This node becomes red, its successors black. */
|
||||
root->red = 1;
|
||||
if (*rp)
|
||||
(*rp)->red = 0;
|
||||
if (*lp)
|
||||
(*lp)->red = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the parent of this node is also red, we have to do
|
||||
rotations. */
|
||||
if (parentp != NULL && (*parentp)->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node gp = *gparentp;
|
||||
node p = *parentp;
|
||||
/* There are two main cases:
|
||||
1. The edge types (left or right) of the two red edges differ.
|
||||
2. Both red edges are of the same type.
|
||||
There exist two symmetries of each case, so there is a total of
|
||||
4 cases. */
|
||||
if ((p_r > 0) != (gp_r > 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Put the child at the top of the tree, with its parent
|
||||
and grandparent as successors. */
|
||||
p->red = 1;
|
||||
gp->red = 1;
|
||||
root->red = 0;
|
||||
if (p_r < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Child is left of parent. */
|
||||
p->left = *rp;
|
||||
*rp = p;
|
||||
gp->right = *lp;
|
||||
*lp = gp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Child is right of parent. */
|
||||
p->right = *lp;
|
||||
*lp = p;
|
||||
gp->left = *rp;
|
||||
*rp = gp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*gparentp = root;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*gparentp = *parentp;
|
||||
/* Parent becomes the top of the tree, grandparent and
|
||||
child are its successors. */
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
gp->red = 1;
|
||||
if (p_r < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Left edges. */
|
||||
gp->left = p->right;
|
||||
p->right = gp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Right edges. */
|
||||
gp->right = p->left;
|
||||
p->left = gp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find or insert datum into search tree.
|
||||
KEY is the key to be located, ROOTP is the address of tree root,
|
||||
COMPAR the ordering function. */
|
||||
void *
|
||||
__tsearch (const void *key, void **vrootp, __compar_fn_t compar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node q;
|
||||
node *parentp = NULL, *gparentp = NULL;
|
||||
node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
|
||||
node *nextp;
|
||||
int r = 0, p_r = 0, gp_r = 0; /* No they might not, Mr Compiler. */
|
||||
|
||||
if (rootp == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This saves some additional tests below. */
|
||||
if (*rootp != NULL)
|
||||
(*rootp)->red = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (*rootp);
|
||||
|
||||
nextp = rootp;
|
||||
while (*nextp != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node root = *rootp;
|
||||
r = (*compar) (key, root->key);
|
||||
if (r == 0)
|
||||
return root;
|
||||
|
||||
maybe_split_for_insert (rootp, parentp, gparentp, p_r, gp_r, 0);
|
||||
/* If that did any rotations, parentp and gparentp are now garbage.
|
||||
That doesn't matter, because the values they contain are never
|
||||
used again in that case. */
|
||||
|
||||
nextp = r < 0 ? &root->left : &root->right;
|
||||
if (*nextp == NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
gparentp = parentp;
|
||||
parentp = rootp;
|
||||
rootp = nextp;
|
||||
|
||||
gp_r = p_r;
|
||||
p_r = r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
q = (struct node_t *) malloc (sizeof (struct node_t));
|
||||
if (q != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*nextp = q; /* link new node to old */
|
||||
q->key = key; /* initialize new node */
|
||||
q->red = 1;
|
||||
q->left = q->right = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if (nextp != rootp)
|
||||
/* There may be two red edges in a row now, which we must avoid by
|
||||
rotating the tree. */
|
||||
maybe_split_for_insert (nextp, rootp, parentp, r, p_r, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef weak_alias
|
||||
weak_alias (__tsearch, tsearch)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find datum in search tree.
|
||||
KEY is the key to be located, ROOTP is the address of tree root,
|
||||
COMPAR the ordering function. */
|
||||
void *
|
||||
__tfind (key, vrootp, compar)
|
||||
const void *key;
|
||||
void *const *vrootp;
|
||||
__compar_fn_t compar;
|
||||
{
|
||||
node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
|
||||
|
||||
if (rootp == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (*rootp);
|
||||
|
||||
while (*rootp != NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node root = *rootp;
|
||||
int r;
|
||||
|
||||
r = (*compar) (key, root->key);
|
||||
if (r == 0)
|
||||
return root;
|
||||
|
||||
rootp = r < 0 ? &root->left : &root->right;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef weak_alias
|
||||
weak_alias (__tfind, tfind)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Delete node with given key.
|
||||
KEY is the key to be deleted, ROOTP is the address of the root of tree,
|
||||
COMPAR the comparison function. */
|
||||
void *
|
||||
__tdelete (const void *key, void **vrootp, __compar_fn_t compar)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node p, q, r, retval;
|
||||
int cmp;
|
||||
node *rootp = (node *) vrootp;
|
||||
node root, unchained;
|
||||
/* Stack of nodes so we remember the parents without recursion. It's
|
||||
_very_ unlikely that there are paths longer than 40 nodes. The tree
|
||||
would need to have around 250.000 nodes. */
|
||||
int stacksize = 100;
|
||||
int sp = 0;
|
||||
node *nodestack[100];
|
||||
|
||||
if (rootp == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
p = *rootp;
|
||||
if (p == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (p);
|
||||
|
||||
while ((cmp = (*compar) (key, (*rootp)->key)) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sp == stacksize)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
|
||||
nodestack[sp++] = rootp;
|
||||
p = *rootp;
|
||||
rootp = ((cmp < 0)
|
||||
? &(*rootp)->left
|
||||
: &(*rootp)->right);
|
||||
if (*rootp == NULL)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is bogus if the node to be deleted is the root... this routine
|
||||
really should return an integer with 0 for success, -1 for failure
|
||||
and errno = ESRCH or something. */
|
||||
retval = p;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We don't unchain the node we want to delete. Instead, we overwrite
|
||||
it with its successor and unchain the successor. If there is no
|
||||
successor, we really unchain the node to be deleted. */
|
||||
|
||||
root = *rootp;
|
||||
|
||||
r = root->right;
|
||||
q = root->left;
|
||||
|
||||
if (q == NULL || r == NULL)
|
||||
unchained = root;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
node *parent = rootp, *up = &root->right;
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sp == stacksize)
|
||||
abort ();
|
||||
nodestack[sp++] = parent;
|
||||
parent = up;
|
||||
if ((*up)->left == NULL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
up = &(*up)->left;
|
||||
}
|
||||
unchained = *up;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We know that either the left or right successor of UNCHAINED is NULL.
|
||||
R becomes the other one, it is chained into the parent of UNCHAINED. */
|
||||
r = unchained->left;
|
||||
if (r == NULL)
|
||||
r = unchained->right;
|
||||
if (sp == 0)
|
||||
*rootp = r;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
q = *nodestack[sp-1];
|
||||
if (unchained == q->right)
|
||||
q->right = r;
|
||||
else
|
||||
q->left = r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (unchained != root)
|
||||
root->key = unchained->key;
|
||||
if (!unchained->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Now we lost a black edge, which means that the number of black
|
||||
edges on every path is no longer constant. We must balance the
|
||||
tree. */
|
||||
/* NODESTACK now contains all parents of R. R is likely to be NULL
|
||||
in the first iteration. */
|
||||
/* NULL nodes are considered black throughout - this is necessary for
|
||||
correctness. */
|
||||
while (sp > 0 && (r == NULL || !r->red))
|
||||
{
|
||||
node *pp = nodestack[sp - 1];
|
||||
p = *pp;
|
||||
/* Two symmetric cases. */
|
||||
if (r == p->left)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Q is R's brother, P is R's parent. The subtree with root
|
||||
R has one black edge less than the subtree with root Q. */
|
||||
q = p->right;
|
||||
if (q->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If Q is red, we know that P is black. We rotate P left
|
||||
so that Q becomes the top node in the tree, with P below
|
||||
it. P is colored red, Q is colored black.
|
||||
This action does not change the black edge count for any
|
||||
leaf in the tree, but we will be able to recognize one
|
||||
of the following situations, which all require that Q
|
||||
is black. */
|
||||
q->red = 0;
|
||||
p->red = 1;
|
||||
/* Left rotate p. */
|
||||
p->right = q->left;
|
||||
q->left = p;
|
||||
*pp = q;
|
||||
/* Make sure pp is right if the case below tries to use
|
||||
it. */
|
||||
nodestack[sp++] = pp = &q->left;
|
||||
q = p->right;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* We know that Q can't be NULL here. We also know that Q is
|
||||
black. */
|
||||
if ((q->left == NULL || !q->left->red)
|
||||
&& (q->right == NULL || !q->right->red))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Q has two black successors. We can simply color Q red.
|
||||
The whole subtree with root P is now missing one black
|
||||
edge. Note that this action can temporarily make the
|
||||
tree invalid (if P is red). But we will exit the loop
|
||||
in that case and set P black, which both makes the tree
|
||||
valid and also makes the black edge count come out
|
||||
right. If P is black, we are at least one step closer
|
||||
to the root and we'll try again the next iteration. */
|
||||
q->red = 1;
|
||||
r = p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Q is black, one of Q's successors is red. We can
|
||||
repair the tree with one operation and will exit the
|
||||
loop afterwards. */
|
||||
if (q->right == NULL || !q->right->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The left one is red. We perform the same action as
|
||||
in maybe_split_for_insert where two red edges are
|
||||
adjacent but point in different directions:
|
||||
Q's left successor (let's call it Q2) becomes the
|
||||
top of the subtree we are looking at, its parent (Q)
|
||||
and grandparent (P) become its successors. The former
|
||||
successors of Q2 are placed below P and Q.
|
||||
P becomes black, and Q2 gets the color that P had.
|
||||
This changes the black edge count only for node R and
|
||||
its successors. */
|
||||
node q2 = q->left;
|
||||
q2->red = p->red;
|
||||
p->right = q2->left;
|
||||
q->left = q2->right;
|
||||
q2->right = q;
|
||||
q2->left = p;
|
||||
*pp = q2;
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* It's the right one. Rotate P left. P becomes black,
|
||||
and Q gets the color that P had. Q's right successor
|
||||
also becomes black. This changes the black edge
|
||||
count only for node R and its successors. */
|
||||
q->red = p->red;
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
q->right->red = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* left rotate p */
|
||||
p->right = q->left;
|
||||
q->left = p;
|
||||
*pp = q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We're done. */
|
||||
sp = 1;
|
||||
r = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Comments: see above. */
|
||||
q = p->left;
|
||||
if (q->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
q->red = 0;
|
||||
p->red = 1;
|
||||
p->left = q->right;
|
||||
q->right = p;
|
||||
*pp = q;
|
||||
nodestack[sp++] = pp = &q->right;
|
||||
q = p->left;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((q->right == NULL || !q->right->red)
|
||||
&& (q->left == NULL || !q->left->red))
|
||||
{
|
||||
q->red = 1;
|
||||
r = p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (q->left == NULL || !q->left->red)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node q2 = q->right;
|
||||
q2->red = p->red;
|
||||
p->left = q2->right;
|
||||
q->right = q2->left;
|
||||
q2->left = q;
|
||||
q2->right = p;
|
||||
*pp = q2;
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
q->red = p->red;
|
||||
p->red = 0;
|
||||
q->left->red = 0;
|
||||
p->left = q->right;
|
||||
q->right = p;
|
||||
*pp = q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
sp = 1;
|
||||
r = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
--sp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (r != NULL)
|
||||
r->red = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free (unchained);
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef weak_alias
|
||||
weak_alias (__tdelete, tdelete)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Walk the nodes of a tree.
|
||||
ROOT is the root of the tree to be walked, ACTION the function to be
|
||||
called at each node. LEVEL is the level of ROOT in the whole tree. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
trecurse (const void *vroot, __action_fn_t action, int level)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const_node root = (const_node) vroot;
|
||||
|
||||
if (root->left == NULL && root->right == NULL)
|
||||
(*action) (root, leaf, level);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*action) (root, preorder, level);
|
||||
if (root->left != NULL)
|
||||
trecurse (root->left, action, level + 1);
|
||||
(*action) (root, postorder, level);
|
||||
if (root->right != NULL)
|
||||
trecurse (root->right, action, level + 1);
|
||||
(*action) (root, endorder, level);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Walk the nodes of a tree.
|
||||
ROOT is the root of the tree to be walked, ACTION the function to be
|
||||
called at each node. */
|
||||
void
|
||||
__twalk (const void *vroot, __action_fn_t action)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const_node root = (const_node) vroot;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (root);
|
||||
|
||||
if (root != NULL && action != NULL)
|
||||
trecurse (root, action, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef weak_alias
|
||||
weak_alias (__twalk, twalk)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _LIBC
|
||||
|
||||
/* The standardized functions miss an important functionality: the
|
||||
tree cannot be removed easily. We provide a function to do this. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
internal_function
|
||||
tdestroy_recurse (node root, __free_fn_t freefct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (root->left != NULL)
|
||||
tdestroy_recurse (root->left, freefct);
|
||||
if (root->right != NULL)
|
||||
tdestroy_recurse (root->right, freefct);
|
||||
(*freefct) ((void *) root->key);
|
||||
/* Free the node itself. */
|
||||
free (root);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
__tdestroy (void *vroot, __free_fn_t freefct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
node root = (node) vroot;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_TREE (root);
|
||||
|
||||
if (root != NULL)
|
||||
tdestroy_recurse (root, freefct);
|
||||
}
|
||||
weak_alias (__tdestroy, tdestroy)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _LIBC */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
||||
/* Binary tree data structure.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _TSEARCH_H
|
||||
#define _TSEARCH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_TSEARCH
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get tseach(), tfind(), tdelete(), twalk() declarations. */
|
||||
#include <search.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* See <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xbd/search.h.html>,
|
||||
<http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/tsearch.html>
|
||||
for details. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
preorder,
|
||||
postorder,
|
||||
endorder,
|
||||
leaf
|
||||
}
|
||||
VISIT;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY.
|
||||
If one is found, it is returned. Otherwise, a new element equal to KEY
|
||||
is inserted in the tree and is returned. */
|
||||
extern void * tsearch (const void *key, void **vrootp,
|
||||
int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY.
|
||||
If one is found, it is returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned. */
|
||||
extern void * tfind (const void *key, void *const *vrootp,
|
||||
int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY.
|
||||
If one is found, it is removed from the tree, and its parent node is
|
||||
returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned. */
|
||||
extern void * tdelete (const void *key, void **vrootp,
|
||||
int (*compar) (const void *, const void *));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Perform a depth-first, left-to-right traversal of the tree VROOT.
|
||||
The ACTION function is called:
|
||||
- for non-leaf nodes: 3 times, before the left subtree traversal,
|
||||
after the left subtree traversal but before the right subtree traversal,
|
||||
and after the right subtree traversal,
|
||||
- for leaf nodes: once.
|
||||
The arguments passed to ACTION are:
|
||||
1. the node; it can be casted to a 'const void * const *', i.e. into a
|
||||
pointer to the key,
|
||||
2. an indicator which visit of the node this is,
|
||||
3. the level of the node in the tree (0 for the root). */
|
||||
extern void twalk (const void *vroot,
|
||||
void (*action) (const void *, VISIT, int));
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _TSEARCH_H */
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
|
||||
/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _VASNPRINTF_H
|
||||
#define _VASNPRINTF_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get va_list. */
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get size_t. */
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __attribute__
|
||||
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
|
||||
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
|
||||
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
/* The __-protected variants of 'format' and 'printf' attributes
|
||||
are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */
|
||||
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
|
||||
# define __format__ format
|
||||
# define __printf__ printf
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
|
||||
You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
|
||||
size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
|
||||
If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
|
||||
if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
|
||||
number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set
|
||||
errno and return NULL.
|
||||
|
||||
When dynamic memory allocation occurs, the preallocated buffer is left
|
||||
alone (with possibly modified contents). This makes it possible to use
|
||||
a statically allocated or stack-allocated buffer, like this:
|
||||
|
||||
char buf[100];
|
||||
size_t len = sizeof (buf);
|
||||
char *output = vasnprintf (buf, &len, format, args);
|
||||
if (output == NULL)
|
||||
... error handling ...;
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
... use the output string ...;
|
||||
if (output != buf)
|
||||
free (output);
|
||||
}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern char * asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
|
||||
extern char * vasnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, va_list args)
|
||||
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)));
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _VASNPRINTF_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
||||
/* vswprintf with automatic memory allocation.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _VASNWPRINTF_H
|
||||
#define _VASNWPRINTF_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get va_list. */
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get wchar_t, size_t. */
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
|
||||
You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
|
||||
size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
|
||||
If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
|
||||
if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
|
||||
number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set
|
||||
errno and return NULL. */
|
||||
extern wchar_t * asnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, ...);
|
||||
extern wchar_t * vasnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, va_list args);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _VASNWPRINTF_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
|
||||
/* Compile-time assert-like macros.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
|
||||
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
|
||||
License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Jim Meyering. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GL_VERIFY_H
|
||||
#define _GL_VERIFY_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT to 1 if _Static_assert (R, DIAGNOSTIC)
|
||||
works as per C11. This is supported by GCC 4.6.0+ and by clang 4+.
|
||||
|
||||
Define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT1 to 1 if _Static_assert (R) works as
|
||||
per C2x. This is supported by GCC 9.1+.
|
||||
|
||||
Support compilers claiming conformance to the relevant standard,
|
||||
and also support GCC when not pedantic. If we were willing to slow
|
||||
'configure' down we could also use it with other compilers, but
|
||||
since this affects only the quality of diagnostics, why bother? */
|
||||
#ifndef __cplusplus
|
||||
# if (201112L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
|
||||
|| (!defined __STRICT_ANSI__ \
|
||||
&& (4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 5 <= __clang_major__)))
|
||||
# define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if (202000L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
|
||||
|| (!defined __STRICT_ANSI__ && 9 <= __GNUC__))
|
||||
# define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT1 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* FreeBSD 9.1 <sys/cdefs.h>, included by <stddef.h> and lots of other
|
||||
system headers, defines a conflicting _Static_assert that is no
|
||||
better than ours; override it. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
# undef _Static_assert
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Each of these macros verifies that its argument R is nonzero. To
|
||||
be portable, R should be an integer constant expression. Unlike
|
||||
assert (R), there is no run-time overhead.
|
||||
|
||||
If _Static_assert works, verify (R) uses it directly. Similarly,
|
||||
_GL_VERIFY_TRUE works by packaging a _Static_assert inside a struct
|
||||
that is an operand of sizeof.
|
||||
|
||||
The code below uses several ideas for C++ compilers, and for C
|
||||
compilers that do not support _Static_assert:
|
||||
|
||||
* The first step is ((R) ? 1 : -1). Given an expression R, of
|
||||
integral or boolean or floating-point type, this yields an
|
||||
expression of integral type, whose value is later verified to be
|
||||
constant and nonnegative.
|
||||
|
||||
* Next this expression W is wrapped in a type
|
||||
struct _gl_verify_type {
|
||||
unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: W;
|
||||
}.
|
||||
If W is negative, this yields a compile-time error. No compiler can
|
||||
deal with a bit-field of negative size.
|
||||
|
||||
One might think that an array size check would have the same
|
||||
effect, that is, that the type struct { unsigned int dummy[W]; }
|
||||
would work as well. However, inside a function, some compilers
|
||||
(such as C++ compilers and GNU C) allow local parameters and
|
||||
variables inside array size expressions. With these compilers,
|
||||
an array size check would not properly diagnose this misuse of
|
||||
the verify macro:
|
||||
|
||||
void function (int n) { verify (n < 0); }
|
||||
|
||||
* For the verify macro, the struct _gl_verify_type will need to
|
||||
somehow be embedded into a declaration. To be portable, this
|
||||
declaration must declare an object, a constant, a function, or a
|
||||
typedef name. If the declared entity uses the type directly,
|
||||
such as in
|
||||
|
||||
struct dummy {...};
|
||||
typedef struct {...} dummy;
|
||||
extern struct {...} *dummy;
|
||||
extern void dummy (struct {...} *);
|
||||
extern struct {...} *dummy (void);
|
||||
|
||||
two uses of the verify macro would yield colliding declarations
|
||||
if the entity names are not disambiguated. A workaround is to
|
||||
attach the current line number to the entity name:
|
||||
|
||||
#define _GL_CONCAT0(x, y) x##y
|
||||
#define _GL_CONCAT(x, y) _GL_CONCAT0 (x, y)
|
||||
extern struct {...} * _GL_CONCAT (dummy, __LINE__);
|
||||
|
||||
But this has the problem that two invocations of verify from
|
||||
within the same macro would collide, since the __LINE__ value
|
||||
would be the same for both invocations. (The GCC __COUNTER__
|
||||
macro solves this problem, but is not portable.)
|
||||
|
||||
A solution is to use the sizeof operator. It yields a number,
|
||||
getting rid of the identity of the type. Declarations like
|
||||
|
||||
extern int dummy [sizeof (struct {...})];
|
||||
extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct {...})]);
|
||||
extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
|
||||
|
||||
can be repeated.
|
||||
|
||||
* Should the implementation use a named struct or an unnamed struct?
|
||||
Which of the following alternatives can be used?
|
||||
|
||||
extern int dummy [sizeof (struct {...})];
|
||||
extern int dummy [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})];
|
||||
extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct {...})]);
|
||||
extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})]);
|
||||
extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
|
||||
extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})];
|
||||
|
||||
In the second and sixth case, the struct type is exported to the
|
||||
outer scope; two such declarations therefore collide. GCC warns
|
||||
about the first, third, and fourth cases. So the only remaining
|
||||
possibility is the fifth case:
|
||||
|
||||
extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
|
||||
|
||||
* GCC warns about duplicate declarations of the dummy function if
|
||||
-Wredundant-decls is used. GCC 4.3 and later have a builtin
|
||||
__COUNTER__ macro that can let us generate unique identifiers for
|
||||
each dummy function, to suppress this warning.
|
||||
|
||||
* This implementation exploits the fact that older versions of GCC,
|
||||
which do not support _Static_assert, also do not warn about the
|
||||
last declaration mentioned above.
|
||||
|
||||
* GCC warns if -Wnested-externs is enabled and 'verify' is used
|
||||
within a function body; but inside a function, you can always
|
||||
arrange to use verify_expr instead.
|
||||
|
||||
* In C++, any struct definition inside sizeof is invalid.
|
||||
Use a template type to work around the problem. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Concatenate two preprocessor tokens. */
|
||||
#define _GL_CONCAT(x, y) _GL_CONCAT0 (x, y)
|
||||
#define _GL_CONCAT0(x, y) x##y
|
||||
|
||||
/* _GL_COUNTER is an integer, preferably one that changes each time we
|
||||
use it. Use __COUNTER__ if it works, falling back on __LINE__
|
||||
otherwise. __LINE__ isn't perfect, but it's better than a
|
||||
constant. */
|
||||
#if defined __COUNTER__ && __COUNTER__ != __COUNTER__
|
||||
# define _GL_COUNTER __COUNTER__
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _GL_COUNTER __LINE__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Generate a symbol with the given prefix, making it unique if
|
||||
possible. */
|
||||
#define _GL_GENSYM(prefix) _GL_CONCAT (prefix, _GL_COUNTER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as an integer constant expression
|
||||
that returns 1. If R is false, fail at compile-time, preferably
|
||||
with a diagnostic that includes the string-literal DIAGNOSTIC. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define _GL_VERIFY_TRUE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
|
||||
(!!sizeof (_GL_VERIFY_TYPE (R, DIAGNOSTIC)))
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
# if !GNULIB_defined_struct__gl_verify_type
|
||||
template <int w>
|
||||
struct _gl_verify_type {
|
||||
unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: w;
|
||||
};
|
||||
# define GNULIB_defined_struct__gl_verify_type 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
|
||||
_gl_verify_type<(R) ? 1 : -1>
|
||||
#elif defined _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT
|
||||
# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
|
||||
struct { \
|
||||
_Static_assert (R, DIAGNOSTIC); \
|
||||
int _gl_dummy; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
|
||||
struct { unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: (R) ? 1 : -1; }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as a declaration without a
|
||||
trailing ';'. If R is false, fail at compile-time.
|
||||
|
||||
This macro requires three or more arguments but uses at most the first
|
||||
two, so that the _Static_assert macro optionally defined below supports
|
||||
both the C11 two-argument syntax and the C2x one-argument syntax.
|
||||
|
||||
Unfortunately, unlike C11, this implementation must appear as an
|
||||
ordinary declaration, and cannot appear inside struct { ... }. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if 200410 <= __cpp_static_assert
|
||||
# define _GL_VERIFY(R, DIAGNOSTIC, ...) static_assert (R, DIAGNOSTIC)
|
||||
#elif defined _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT
|
||||
# define _GL_VERIFY(R, DIAGNOSTIC, ...) _Static_assert (R, DIAGNOSTIC)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _GL_VERIFY(R, DIAGNOSTIC, ...) \
|
||||
extern int (*_GL_GENSYM (_gl_verify_function) (void)) \
|
||||
[_GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, DIAGNOSTIC)]
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* _GL_STATIC_ASSERT_H is defined if this code is copied into assert.h. */
|
||||
#ifdef _GL_STATIC_ASSERT_H
|
||||
# if !defined _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT1 && !defined _Static_assert
|
||||
# define _Static_assert(R, ...) \
|
||||
_GL_VERIFY ((R), "static assertion failed", -)
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# if (!defined static_assert \
|
||||
&& (!defined __cplusplus \
|
||||
|| (__cpp_static_assert < 201411 \
|
||||
&& __GNUG__ < 6 && __clang_major__ < 6)))
|
||||
# if defined __cplusplus && _MSC_VER >= 1900 && !defined __clang__
|
||||
/* MSVC 14 in C++ mode supports the two-arguments static_assert but not
|
||||
the one-argument static_assert, and it does not support _Static_assert.
|
||||
We have to play preprocessor tricks to distinguish the two cases.
|
||||
Since the MSVC preprocessor is not ISO C compliant (cf.
|
||||
<https://stackoverflow.com/questions/5134523/>), the solution is specific
|
||||
to MSVC. */
|
||||
# define _GL_EXPAND(x) x
|
||||
# define _GL_SA1(a1) static_assert ((a1), "static assertion failed")
|
||||
# define _GL_SA2 static_assert
|
||||
# define _GL_SA3 static_assert
|
||||
# define _GL_SA_PICK(x1,x2,x3,x4,...) x4
|
||||
# define static_assert(...) _GL_EXPAND(_GL_SA_PICK(__VA_ARGS__,_GL_SA3,_GL_SA2,_GL_SA1)) (__VA_ARGS__)
|
||||
# else
|
||||
# define static_assert _Static_assert /* C11 requires this #define. */
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @assert.h omit start@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#if 3 < __GNUC__ + (3 < __GNUC_MINOR__ + (4 <= __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__))
|
||||
# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_TRAP 1
|
||||
#elif defined __has_builtin
|
||||
# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_TRAP __has_builtin (__builtin_trap)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_TRAP 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if 4 < __GNUC__ + (5 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
|
||||
# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE 1
|
||||
#elif defined __has_builtin
|
||||
# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE __has_builtin (__builtin_unreachable)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Each of these macros verifies that its argument R is nonzero. To
|
||||
be portable, R should be an integer constant expression. Unlike
|
||||
assert (R), there is no run-time overhead.
|
||||
|
||||
There are two macros, since no single macro can be used in all
|
||||
contexts in C. verify_expr (R, E) is for scalar contexts, including
|
||||
integer constant expression contexts. verify (R) is for declaration
|
||||
contexts, e.g., the top level. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Verify requirement R at compile-time. Return the value of the
|
||||
expression E. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define verify_expr(R, E) \
|
||||
(_GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, "verify_expr (" #R ", " #E ")") ? (E) : (E))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as a declaration without a
|
||||
trailing ';'. verify (R) acts like static_assert (R) except that
|
||||
it is portable to C11/C++14 and earlier, it can issue better
|
||||
diagnostics, and its name is shorter and may be more convenient. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __PGI
|
||||
/* PGI barfs if R is long. */
|
||||
# define verify(R) _GL_VERIFY (R, "verify (...)", -)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define verify(R) _GL_VERIFY (R, "verify (" #R ")", -)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Assume that R always holds. Behavior is undefined if R is false,
|
||||
fails to evaluate, or has side effects.
|
||||
|
||||
'assume (R)' is a directive from the programmer telling the
|
||||
compiler that R is true so the compiler needn't generate code to
|
||||
test R. This is why 'assume' is in verify.h: it's related to
|
||||
static checking (in this case, static checking done by the
|
||||
programmer), not dynamic checking.
|
||||
|
||||
'assume (R)' can affect compilation of all the code, not just code
|
||||
that happens to be executed after the assume (R) is "executed".
|
||||
For example, if the code mistakenly does 'assert (R); assume (R);'
|
||||
the compiler is entitled to optimize away the 'assert (R)'.
|
||||
|
||||
Although assuming R can help a compiler generate better code or
|
||||
diagnostics, performance can suffer if R uses hard-to-optimize
|
||||
features such as function calls not inlined by the compiler.
|
||||
|
||||
Avoid Clang's __builtin_assume, as it breaks GNU Emacs master
|
||||
as of 2020-08-23T21:09:49Z!eggert@cs.ucla.edu; see
|
||||
<https://bugs.gnu.org/43152#71>. It's not known whether this breakage
|
||||
is a Clang bug or an Emacs bug; play it safe for now. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_UNREACHABLE
|
||||
# define assume(R) ((R) ? (void) 0 : __builtin_unreachable ())
|
||||
#elif 1200 <= _MSC_VER
|
||||
# define assume(R) __assume (R)
|
||||
#elif 202311L <= __STDC_VERSION__
|
||||
# include <stddef.h>
|
||||
# define assume(R) ((R) ? (void) 0 : unreachable ())
|
||||
#elif (defined GCC_LINT || defined lint) && _GL_HAS_BUILTIN_TRAP
|
||||
/* Doing it this way helps various packages when configured with
|
||||
--enable-gcc-warnings, which compiles with -Dlint. It's nicer
|
||||
if 'assume' silences warnings with GCC 3.4 through GCC 4.4.7 (2012). */
|
||||
# define assume(R) ((R) ? (void) 0 : __builtin_trap ())
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Some older tools grok NOTREACHED, e.g., Oracle Studio 12.6 (2017). */
|
||||
# define assume(R) ((R) ? (void) 0 : /*NOTREACHED*/ (void) 0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @assert.h omit end@ */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||
/* libintl library version.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
|
||||
# include <config.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libgnuintl.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */
|
||||
int libintl_version = LIBINTL_VERSION;
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
|
||||
/* Parse printf format string.
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005, 2007, 2010-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _WPRINTF_PARSE_H
|
||||
#define _WPRINTF_PARSE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAVE_FEATURES_H
|
||||
# include <features.h> /* for __GLIBC__, __UCLIBC__ */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "printf-args.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Flags */
|
||||
#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
|
||||
#define FLAG_ZERO 32
|
||||
#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
|
||||
# define FLAG_LOCALIZED 64 /* I flag, uses localized digits */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
|
||||
#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of directly allocated directives (no malloc() needed). */
|
||||
#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES 7
|
||||
|
||||
/* A parsed directive. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
const wchar_t* dir_start;
|
||||
const wchar_t* dir_end;
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
const wchar_t* width_start;
|
||||
const wchar_t* width_end;
|
||||
size_t width_arg_index;
|
||||
const wchar_t* precision_start;
|
||||
const wchar_t* precision_end;
|
||||
size_t precision_arg_index;
|
||||
wchar_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
|
||||
size_t arg_index;
|
||||
}
|
||||
wchar_t_directive;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A parsed format string. */
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t count;
|
||||
wchar_t_directive *dir;
|
||||
size_t max_width_length;
|
||||
size_t max_precision_length;
|
||||
wchar_t_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
|
||||
}
|
||||
wchar_t_directives;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
|
||||
in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
|
||||
to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
|
||||
arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
|
||||
#ifdef STATIC
|
||||
STATIC
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
int wprintf_parse (const wchar_t *format, wchar_t_directives *d, arguments *a);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _WPRINTF_PARSE_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#define XSIZE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
|
||||
#include "xsize.h"
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
|
||||
/* xsize.h -- Checked size_t computations.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2003, 2008-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
|
||||
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
|
||||
License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _XSIZE_H
|
||||
#define _XSIZE_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get size_t. */
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get SIZE_MAX. */
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#if HAVE_STDINT_H
|
||||
# include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get ATTRIBUTE_PURE. */
|
||||
#include "attribute.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
|
||||
#error "Please include config.h first."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
|
||||
#ifndef XSIZE_INLINE
|
||||
# define XSIZE_INLINE _GL_INLINE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of memory objects is often computed through expressions of
|
||||
type size_t. Example:
|
||||
void* p = malloc (header_size + n * element_size).
|
||||
These computations can lead to overflow. When this happens, malloc()
|
||||
returns a piece of memory that is way too small, and the program then
|
||||
crashes while attempting to fill the memory.
|
||||
To avoid this, the functions and macros in this file check for overflow.
|
||||
The convention is that SIZE_MAX represents overflow.
|
||||
malloc (SIZE_MAX) is not guaranteed to fail -- think of a malloc
|
||||
implementation that uses mmap --, it's recommended to use size_overflow_p()
|
||||
or size_in_bounds_p() before invoking malloc().
|
||||
The example thus becomes:
|
||||
size_t size = xsum (header_size, xtimes (n, element_size));
|
||||
void *p = (size_in_bounds_p (size) ? malloc (size) : NULL);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convert an arbitrary value >= 0 to type size_t. */
|
||||
#define xcast_size_t(N) \
|
||||
((N) <= SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) (N) : SIZE_MAX)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sum of two sizes, with overflow check. */
|
||||
XSIZE_INLINE size_t ATTRIBUTE_PURE
|
||||
xsum (size_t size1, size_t size2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t sum = size1 + size2;
|
||||
return (sum >= size1 ? sum : SIZE_MAX);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sum of three sizes, with overflow check. */
|
||||
XSIZE_INLINE size_t ATTRIBUTE_PURE
|
||||
xsum3 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sum of four sizes, with overflow check. */
|
||||
XSIZE_INLINE size_t ATTRIBUTE_PURE
|
||||
xsum4 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3, size_t size4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return xsum (xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3), size4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Maximum of two sizes, with overflow check. */
|
||||
XSIZE_INLINE size_t ATTRIBUTE_PURE
|
||||
xmax (size_t size1, size_t size2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* No explicit check is needed here, because for any n:
|
||||
max (SIZE_MAX, n) == SIZE_MAX and max (n, SIZE_MAX) == SIZE_MAX. */
|
||||
return (size1 >= size2 ? size1 : size2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Multiplication of a count with an element size, with overflow check.
|
||||
The count must be >= 0 and the element size must be > 0.
|
||||
This is a macro, not a function, so that it works correctly even
|
||||
when N is of a wider type and N > SIZE_MAX. */
|
||||
#define xtimes(N, ELSIZE) \
|
||||
((N) <= SIZE_MAX / (ELSIZE) ? (size_t) (N) * (ELSIZE) : SIZE_MAX)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check for overflow. */
|
||||
#define size_overflow_p(SIZE) \
|
||||
((SIZE) == SIZE_MAX)
|
||||
/* Check against overflow. */
|
||||
#define size_in_bounds_p(SIZE) \
|
||||
((SIZE) != SIZE_MAX)
|
||||
|
||||
_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _XSIZE_H */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
|
||||
|
||||
Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (HAVE_BRK) && !defined (HAVE_SBRK)
|
||||
|
||||
static void *initialbrk;
|
||||
static void *curbrk;
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
initbrk (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (initialbrk == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *b;
|
||||
|
||||
b = brk (NULL);
|
||||
if (b == (void *)-1)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
initialbrk = curbrk = b;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* sbrk(3) implementation in terms of brk(2). Good enough for malloc to use. */
|
||||
void *
|
||||
sbrk (intptr_t incr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *newbrk, *oldbrk;
|
||||
|
||||
if (initialbrk == 0 && initbrk () == -1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = ENOMEM;
|
||||
return (void *)-1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (incr == 0)
|
||||
return curbrk;
|
||||
|
||||
/* bounds checking, overflow */
|
||||
if ((incr > 0 && (uintptr_t) curbrk + incr < (uintptr_t) curbrk) ||
|
||||
(incr < 0 && (uintptr_t) curbrk + incr > (uintptr_t) curbrk))
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = ENOMEM;
|
||||
return (void *)-1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
newbrk = curbrk + incr;
|
||||
if (newbrk < initialbrk)
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = EINVAL;
|
||||
return (void *)-1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (brk (newbrk) == (void *)-1)
|
||||
return (void *)-1; /* preserve errno */
|
||||
|
||||
oldbrk = curbrk;
|
||||
curbrk = newbrk;
|
||||
|
||||
return (oldbrk);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* HAVE_BRK && !HAVE_SBRK */
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
|
||||
/* anonfile.c - open and close temporary files (anonymous and memory-backed if possible). */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
|
||||
|
||||
Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <bashtypes.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (HAVE_MEMFD_CREATE) || defined (HAVE_SHM_OPEN) || defined (HAVE_SHM_MKSTEMP)
|
||||
# include <sys/mman.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <filecntl.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <shell.h>
|
||||
#include <bashansi.h>
|
||||
|
||||
static int anonunlink (const char *);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (HAVE_SHM_OPEN)
|
||||
#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
|
||||
# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
anonshmunlink (const char *fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (shm_unlink (fn));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
anonshmopen (const char *name, int flags, char **fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
char *fname;
|
||||
|
||||
fd = -1;
|
||||
if (fn)
|
||||
*fn = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (HAVE_SHM_MKSTEMP)
|
||||
fname = savestring ("/shm-XXXXXXXXXX");
|
||||
fd = shm_mkstemp (fname);
|
||||
if (fd < 0)
|
||||
free (fname);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if (fd < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
fname = sh_mktmpname (name, flags);
|
||||
fd = shm_open (fname, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (fd < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
free (fname);
|
||||
return fd;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (shm_unlink (fname) < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int o;
|
||||
o = errno;
|
||||
free (fname);
|
||||
close (fd);
|
||||
errno = o;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (fn)
|
||||
*fn = fname;
|
||||
else
|
||||
free (fname);
|
||||
|
||||
return fd;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
anonopen (const char *name, int flags, char **fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int fd, flag;
|
||||
char *fname;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (HAVE_MEMFD_CREATE)
|
||||
/* "Names do not affect the behavior of the file descriptor." */
|
||||
fd = memfd_create ("anonopen", 0);
|
||||
if (fd >= 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (fn)
|
||||
*fn = 0;
|
||||
return fd;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* If memfd_create fails, we fall through to the unlinked-shm-or-regular-file
|
||||
implementation. */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Heuristic */
|
||||
flag = (name && *name == '/') ? MT_TEMPLATE : MT_USETMPDIR;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (HAVE_SHM_OPEN)
|
||||
fd = anonshmopen (name, flag, fn);
|
||||
if (fd >= 0)
|
||||
return fd; /* anonshmopen sets *FN appropriately */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
fd = sh_mktmpfd (name, flag|MT_USERANDOM|MT_READWRITE|MT_UNLINK, fn);
|
||||
return fd;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
anonclose (int fd, const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int r;
|
||||
|
||||
r = close (fd);
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
anonunlink (const char *fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int r;
|
||||
|
||||
r = unlink (fn);
|
||||
return r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||
/* compat.c - functions for backwards compatibility with previous versions */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
|
||||
|
||||
Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <bashtypes.h>
|
||||
#include <shell.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* For backwards compatibility with existing loadable builtins. */
|
||||
int
|
||||
legal_number (const char *string, intmax_t *result)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (valid_number (string, result));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
legal_identifier (const char *string)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (valid_identifier (string));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
legal_alias_name (const char *string, int flags)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (valid_alias_name (string, flags));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
compat_init (void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
||||
/* mbsncmp - multibyte string comparison. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 1995-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
|
||||
|
||||
Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined (HAVE_MBSNCMP) && defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <wchar.h>
|
||||
|
||||
extern int locale_utf8locale;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compare MBS1 and MBS2 up to N multibyte characters. */
|
||||
int
|
||||
mbsncmp (const char *mbs1, const char *mbs2, size_t n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int len1, len2, mb_cur_max;
|
||||
wchar_t c1, c2;
|
||||
mbstate_t state1 = { 0 }, state2 = { 0 };
|
||||
|
||||
len1 = len2 = 0;
|
||||
mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
|
||||
|
||||
if (n == 0)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
len1 = mbrtowc (&c1, mbs1, mb_cur_max, &state1);
|
||||
len2 = mbrtowc (&c2, mbs2, mb_cur_max, &state2);
|
||||
|
||||
if (len1 == 0)
|
||||
return len2 == 0 ? 0 : -1;
|
||||
else if (len2 == 0)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
else if (len1 > 0 && len2 < 0)
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
else if (len1 < 0 && len2 > 0)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
else if (len1 < 0 && len2 < 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
len1 = strlen (mbs1);
|
||||
len2 = strlen (mbs2);
|
||||
return (len1 == len2 ? memcmp (mbs1, mbs2, len1)
|
||||
: ((len1 < len2) ? (memcmp (mbs1, mbs2, len1) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
|
||||
: (memcmp (mbs1, mbs2, len2) >= 0 ? 1 : -1)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
mbs1 += len1;
|
||||
mbs2 += len2;
|
||||
n--;
|
||||
if (c1 != c2)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (n > 0);
|
||||
|
||||
return c1 - c2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
||||
/* reallocarray.c - reallocate memory for an array given type size and
|
||||
number of elements */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
|
||||
|
||||
Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "bashansi.h"
|
||||
#include <stdckdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#if !defined (errno)
|
||||
extern int errno;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void *
|
||||
reallocarray (void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t nbytes;
|
||||
|
||||
if (ckd_mul (&nbytes, nmemb, size))
|
||||
{
|
||||
errno = ENOMEM;
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return realloc (ptr, nbytes);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
/* strlcpy - null-terminated string copy with length checking. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
|
||||
|
||||
Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <bashansi.h>
|
||||
|
||||
size_t
|
||||
strlcpy(char *dest, const char *src, size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t ret;
|
||||
|
||||
ret = strlen(src);
|
||||
if (size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
len = (ret >= size) ? size - 1 : ret;
|
||||
memcpy (dest, src, len);
|
||||
dest[len] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||
/* strscpy - null-terminated string copy with length checking. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
|
||||
|
||||
Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <config.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
|
||||
# include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#include <bashansi.h>
|
||||
|
||||
ssize_t
|
||||
strscpy (char *d, const char *s, size_t len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
||||
if ((d[i] = s[i]) == 0)
|
||||
return ((ssize_t)i);
|
||||
|
||||
if (i != 0)
|
||||
d[--i] = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
return (-1); /* strlen (s) > len */
|
||||
}
|
||||
Reference in New Issue
Block a user